diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1
index a9cdb3fadf..76f48b128f 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1
@@ -1,128 +1,310 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" $FreeBSD$
-.TH addr2line 1 "27 March 1997" "Cygnus Solutions" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/addr2line.1,v 1.4 2001/05/14 01:07:21 horikawa Exp $
+.TH addr2line 1 "27 March 1997" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 addr2line \- アドレスをファイル名と行番号に変換する
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B addr2line
 .RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
 .I bfdname\c
 .RB " | " "\-\-target="\c
 .I bfdname\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c
 .I filename\c
 .RB " | " "\-\-exe="\c
 .I filename\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-functions "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-basenames "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-H | \-\-help "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-V | \-\-version "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" addr addr ...  "\|]"
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 \c
 .B addr2line
 はプログラムのアドレスをファイル名と行番号に変換します。
 アドレスと実行ファイルが与えられると、実行ファイル中のデバッグ情報を
 使って与えられたアドレスをファイル名と行番号に対応づけます。
 
 使用される実行ファイルは
 .B \-e
 オプションで指定します。デフォルトは
 .B a.out\c
 \& です。
 
 .B addr2line
 には 2 つの動作モードがあります。
 
 1 つ目では、16進数のアドレスをコマンドラインで指定して、
 .B addr2line
 が各アドレスに対応するファイル名と行番号を表示します。
 
 2 つ目では、
 .B addr2line
 は 16進数のアドレスを標準入力から読み込んで、各アドレスに
 対応するファイル名と行番号を標準出力に表示します。
 このモードでは
 .B addr2line
 をパイプ中で、動的に選び出されたアドレスを変換するために利用できます。
 
 出力の形式は「ファイル名:行番号」です。ファイル名と行番号は
 各アドレス毎に改行して出力されます。
 .B \-f
 オプションが指定されると、「ファイル名:行番号」の行の前に
 アドレスを含む関数の名前を「関数名」の行として出力します。
 
 ファイル名または関数名が特定できない場合は、
 .B addr2line
 はそれらが表示されるべき場所に 2 つのクエスチョンマークを表示します。
 行番号が特定できない場合は
 .B addr2line
 は 0 を表示します。
 
 .SH オプション
 .TP
 .BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
 オブジェクトファイルのオブジェクト・コード形式を
 \c
 .I bfdname\c
 \& で指定します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-C
 .TP
 .B \-\-demangle
 シンボル名の内部表現をユーザレベルの表現にデコード (\fIdemangle\fP) します。
 加えてシステムが付加した先頭のアンダースコアも取り除くので、
 これによって C++ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-e " "filename"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-exe=" "filename"
 アドレスを変換する対象の実行ファイル名を指定します。
 デフォルトのファイル名は
 .B a.out\c
 \& です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-f
 .TP
 .B \-\-functions
 ファイルと行番号情報に加えて関数名を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-s
 .TP
 .B \-\-basenames
 各ファイル名のベース (パス名を除いたファイル名部分) のみを表示します。
 
 .SH "関連項目"
 .B
 info\c
 \& の
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 \&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991)
 
+.SH COPYING
+Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
 .SH 日本語訳
 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 野首 寛高 <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp> 1998/09/23 FreeBSD 用に翻訳。
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutils 2.11.2 用に修正。
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1
index 6cd9c30cbe..381f6bc43d 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1
@@ -1,493 +1,857 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1,v 1.6 2001/05/14 01:07:21 horikawa Exp $
-.TH ar 1 "1999" "Cygnus Solutions" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ar.1,v 1.7 2001/07/29 05:14:49 horikawa Exp $
+.TH ar 1 "1999" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .\"
 .\" WORD: truncate	(小数で)切り捨てる[POSIX],切り詰める
 .\"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 ar \- アーカイブの作成、更新、および、アーカイブからの抽出
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .BR ar " [\|" "-" "\|]"\c
 .I {dmpqrtx}[abcfilNoPsSuvV] \c
 [\|\c
 .I membername\c
 \&\|] \c
 [\|\c
 .I count\c
 \&\|] \c
 .I archive\c
 \& \c
 .I files\c
 \&.\|.\|.
 
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 GNU \c
 .B ar\c
 プログラムは、アーカイブの作成、更新、および、アーカイブからの抽出を
 行ないます。
 .I アーカイブ\c
 \& とは、オリジナルのファイル (アーカイブの
 .I メンバ\c
 と呼びます) を復元できるような構造で、他のファイル群の集合を保持する
 ような一つのファイルです。
 
 元のファイルの内容、モード (パーミッション)、タイムスタンプ、所有者、
 グループの情報はアーカイブ内でも保存され、ファイル抽出時には復元
 されます。
 
 GNU \c
 .B ar\c
 では、メンバファイルのファイル名の長さには制限はありませんが、システム
 の設定によっては (他のツールで管理されるアーカイブファイルの形式との
 互換性のために) メンバファイルのファイル名の長さに制限がある場合があります。
 制限がある場合は、多くの場合 15 文字 (a.out 関連のファイル形式が代表的) か、
 16 文字 (coff 関連のファイル形式が代表的) に制限されます。
 
 この種類のアーカイブは、共有のサブルーチンを保持するライブラリとして
 利用されることが多いため、\c
 .B ar\c
 \& はバイナリユーティリティと考えられます。
 
 `\|\c
 .B s\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定した場合、\c
 .B ar\c
 \& はアーカイブ内のリロケータブルオブジェクトで定義されたシンボル
 のインデックスを作成します。
 一度作成されたインデックスは、\c
 .B ar\c
 \& がアーカイブの内容を変更するときには必ず更新されます (ただし `\|\c
 .B q\c
 \|' オプション指定時は更新されません)。このようなインデックスを持つ
 アーカイブを用いることによって、ライブラリのリンクが高速化されたり、
 ライブラリ内のルーチンがアーカイブ内の配置にかかわらず、互いを呼び出す
 ことができるようになります。
 
 `\|\c
 .B nm \-s\c
 \|' または `\|\c
 .B nm \-\-print\-armap\c
 \|' によって、このインデックステーブルを表示することができます。
 もし、アーカイブにインデックステーブルが含まれていない場合は、\c
 .B ranlib\c
 と呼ばれる、もう一つの形式の \c
 .B ar\c
 \& を用いてテーブルだけを追加することができます。
 
 \c
 .B ar\c
 \& を実行する時は、少なくとも二つの引数を指定する必要があります。
 .I オペレーション\c
 \& (動作) を指定する一つのキー文字と、処理するアーカイブ名です
 (キー文字には\c
 .I 修飾子\c
 \& として複数の文字をつけることもできます)。
 
 ほとんどのオペレーションは、処理する個々のファイル名を指定するための \c
 .I files\c
 \& 引数を受け付けます。
 
 .SH オプション
 GNU \c
 .B ar\c
 \& は最初のコマンドラインオプションとして、オペレーションコード \c
 .I p\c
 \& と、修飾子 \c
 .I mod\c
 \& を任意の順序で組み合わせたものを受け付けます。
 
 最初のオプションの先頭にダッシュ(ハイフン)をつけることもできます。
 
 キー文字 \c
 .I p\c
 \& は、どのオペレーションを実行するかを指定します。キー文字としては
 以下のいずれか一つだけを指定することができます。
 
 .TP
 .B d
 アーカイブからモジュールを\c
 .I 削除\c
 \& します。削除するモジュール名を \c
 .I files\c
 \& として指定して下さい。
 ファイル名を指定しなければアーカイブは変更されません。
 
 `\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定した時には、\c
 .B ar\c
 \& は削除する際にそのモジュール名を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B m
 メンバをアーカイブ内で移動します。
 
 あるシンボルが複数のメンバで定義されている場合は、アーカイブ内でのメンバの
 順序によって、プログラムがライブラリをリンクした結果が異なることが
 あります。
 
 .B m\c
 \& に修飾子が指定されなかった場合は \c
 .I files\c
 \& 引数で指定したメンバはアーカイブの\c
 .I 最後\c
 \& に移動されます。
 `\|\c
 .B a\c
 \|'、`\|\c
 .B b\c
 \|'、または `\|\c
 .B i\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定することによって、修飾子に応じた場所に移動します。
 
 .TP
 .B p
 アーカイブ内の指定されたメンバを標準出力に\c
 .I 出力\c
 \& します。`\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子が指定されたときは、メンバの内容を出力する前にメンバ名を出力
 します。
 
 .I files\c
 を指定しなければ、アーカイブ内のすべてのファイルが出力されます。
 
 .TP
 .B q
 \c
 .I クイックアペンド\c
 \&。\c
 .I files\c
 \& で指定されたファイルを、重複をチェックせずに\c
 .I アーカイブ\c
 \&の末尾に追加します。
 
 `\|\c
 .B a\c
 \|'、`\|\c
 .B b\c
 \|'、`\|\c
 .B i\c
 \|' 修飾子はこのオペレーションには\c
 .I 影響しません\c
 \&。新たなメンバは常にアーカイブの末尾に置かれます。
 
 `\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定すると、\c
 .B ar\c
 \& は追加の際にそのファイル名を出力します。
 
 このオペレーションの特徴は動作速度ですので、たとえ
 シンボルテーブルのインデックスが存在したとしても、それを更新しません。
 シンボルテーブルのインデックスを更新するには、明示的に `\|\c
 .B ar s\c
 \|' か
 \c
 .B ranlib\c
 \& を使って下さい。
 
 しかしながら、多くの異なるシステムにおいてクイックアペンドが
 インデックスを再構築することが仮定されていますので、GNU
 .B ar
 は `\|\c
 .B q\c
 \|' は `\|\c
 .B r\c
 \|' と同じ動作をするように実装しています。
 
 .TP
 .B r
 \c
 files\c
 \& をアーカイブに挿入 (重複の際は\c
 .I 置換\c
 \&) します。
 このオペレーションは`\|\c
 .B q\c
 \|' とは異なり、追加するファイルと同名のメンバがすでに存在する
 場合は削除されます。
 
 もし \c
 .I files\c
 \& で指定したファイルの中に存在しないものが一つでも含まれている場合は\c
 .B ar\c
 \& はエラーメッセージを出力し、そのファイル名と同名のメンバは変更
 されずに保存されます。
 
 デフォルトでは新しいメンバはファイルの末尾に追加されますが、`\|\c
 .B a\c
 \|'、`\|\c
 .B b\c
 \|'、または `\|\c
 .B i\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定することにより、既存のメンバに対する相対的な位置関係を
 指定することができます。
 
 このオペレーションに `\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定すると、挿入された各ファイルに対して、ファイルが追加
 された (削除された古いメンバがない) か、置換されたかを示す `\|\c
 .B a\c
 \|' または
 `\|\c
 .B r\c
 \|' のどちらかを含んだ一行が出力されます。
 
 .TP
 .B t
 \c
 .I アーカイブ\c
 \& の内容、または \c
 .I files\c
 \& に列挙されたファイルのうち、アーカイブ内に存在するものの一覧を出力
 します。通常はメンバ名だけを表示しますが、`\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定することにより、モード (パーミッション)、タイムスタンプ、
 所有者、グループ、サイズも表示します。
 
 \c
 .I files\c
 \& の指定がない場合はアーカイブ内のすべてのファイルの一覧を表示します。
 
 あるアーカイブ (`\|\c
 .B b.a\c
 \|' とします) の中に同じ名前 (`\|\c
 .B fie\c
 \|' とします) の複数のファイルが存在する場合は、`\|\c
 .B ar t b.a fie\c
 \|' は最初のファイルだけを表示します。同名のファイルをすべて見たい場合
 はすべてのファイルの一覧を表示して下さい。この例では `\|\c
 .B ar t b.a\c
 \|') です。
 
 .TP
 .B x
 アーカイブから \c
 .I files\c
 \& で指定されたメンバを\c
 .I 抽出\c
 します。
 `\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子を指定すると、\c
 .B ar\c
 \& は抽出の際にそのファイル名を出力します。
 
 \c
 .I files\c
 \& の指定がない場合はアーカイブ内のすべてのファイルを抽出します。
 
 .PP
 
 いくつかの修飾子 (\c
 .I mod\c
 \&) をキー文字 \c
 .I p\c
 \& の直後に付けることによって、オペレーションの動作を変更する
 ことができます。
 
 .TP
 .B a
 新しいファイルを既存のメンバの\c
 .I 後\c
 \& に追加します。
 \c
 .B a\c
 \& 修飾子を用いるときは、\c
 .I archive\c
 \& 引数の前に\c
 .I membername\c
 \& 引数として既存のメンバ名を指定する必要があります。
 
 .TP
 .B b
 新しいファイルを既存のメンバの\c
 .I 前\c
 \& に追加します。
 \c
 .B b\c
 \& 修飾子を用いるときは、\c
 .I archive\c
 \& 引数の前に\c
 .I membername\c
 \& 引数として既存のメンバの名前を指定する必要があります。(`\|\c
 .B i\c
 \|'と同じ。)
 
 .TP
 .B c
 アーカイブを\c
 .I 作成\c
 \& します。
 存在しない\c
 .I アーカイブ\
 \& を更新するように指定した場合、そのアーカイブは必ず作成されますが、
 その際、この修飾子を指定することによって、アーカイブを作成することを
 明示していなければ、警告を出力します。
 
 .TP
 .B f
 アーカイブ内の名前を切り詰めます。
 通常
 .B ar
 は任意の長さのファイル名を受け付けますが、このため、いくつかのシステム
 で使われている従来の
 .B ar
 と互換性のないアーカイブが作成されることになります。これが問題になる
 場合は、
 .B f
 修飾子を指定して、ファイルをアーカイブに追加する際にそのファイル名を
 切り詰めることができます。
 
 .TP
 .B i
 新しいファイルを既存のメンバの\c
 .I 前\c
 \& に挿入します。
 \c
 .B i\c
 \& 修飾子を用いる時は、\c
 .I archive\c
 \& 引数の前に\c
 .I membername\c
 \& 引数として既存のメンバ名を指定する必要があります。(`\|\c
 .B b\c
 \|'と同じ。)
 
 .TP
 .B l
 この修飾子は指定可能ですが、使用されません。
 
 .TP
 .B N
 .I count
 パラメータを使用します。
 アーカイブに同一名のエントリが複数ある場合、これが使用されます。
 指定した名前のインスタンス
 .I count
 を、アーカイブから抽出または削除します。
 
 .TP
 .B o
 メンバを抽出する際に\c
 .I オリジナル\c
 \& の時刻を保存します。この修飾子を指定しないと、アーカイブから抽出
 されたファイルのタイムスタンプは抽出時の時刻になります。
 
 .TP
 .B P
 アーカイブ中の名前とマッチングを取るときに、フルパス名を使用します。
 .B ar
 はフルパス名のアーカイブ (このようなアーカイブは POSIX 準拠ではありません)
 を作成できませんが、他のアーカイブ作成器は可能です。
 このオプションを使用すると、
 .B ar
 は完全なパス名を使用してファイル名のマッチングを行います。
 他のツールで作成したアーカイブから 1 個のファイルを取り出す場合に有用でしょう。
 
 .TP
 .B s
 アーカイブに他の変更がない場合でも、アーカイブにオブジェクトファイルの
 インデックスを書き込んだり、既存のインデックスを更新します。この修飾子
 はほかのオペレーションと併用することも、単独で使用することも可能です。
 あるアーカイブに対して`\|\c
 .B ar s\c
 \|' を実行することは、そのアーカイブに対して `\|\c
 .B ranlib\c
 \|' を実行することと等価です。
 
 .TP
 .B S
 アーカイブのシンボルテーブルを作成しません。これを用いると大きな
 ライブラリを何回かに分けて作成する際に時間を短縮することができます。
 この結果得られるアーカイブはリンカで使用することはできません。
 シンボルテーブルを作成するためには最後に `\|\c
 .B ar\c
 \|' を実行する時に `\|\c
 .B S\c
 \|' 修飾子を外すか、そのアーカイブに対して `\|\c
 .B ranlib\c
 \|' を実行する必要があります。
 
 .TP
 .B u
 通常 \c
 .B ar r\c
 \&.\|.\|. は列挙されたファイルをすべてアーカイブに挿入します。
 この修飾子を指定すると、指定したファイルが既存の同名のメンバより
 新しい場合\c
 .I のみ\c
 \&ファイルを挿入します。
 `\|\c
 .B u\c
 \|' 修飾子は `\|\c
 .B r\c
 \|'(置換) オペレーションだけに付けることができます。
 特に、タイムスタンプの確認は `\|\c
 .B q\c
 \|' オペレーションの利点である速度を低下させるので、`\|\c
 .B qu\c
 \|' の組み合わせは認められません。
 
 .TP
 .B v
 オペレーションに対して
 .I 冗長\c
 \&な表示を要求します。
 多くのオペレーションにおいて `\|\c
 .B v\c
 \|' 修飾子が指定されると、
 処理されたファイル名などの付加的な情報が表示されます。
 
 .TP
 .B V
 この修飾子は
 .BR ar\c
 \& のバージョン番号を表示します。
 
 .PP
 
 .SH 関連項目
 .B
 info\c
 \&の
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 , Roland H. Pesch (October 1991).
 .BR nm ( 1 )\c
 \&,
 .BR ranlib ( 1 )\c
 \&.
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 奥村務 <oku@nml.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp>: 1998/09/13 FreeBSD 用に翻訳。
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org>: 2001/08/04 binutils 2.11.2 用に修正。
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/as.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/as.1
index 52b27ca26c..03938b7397 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/as.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/as.1
@@ -1,323 +1,689 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.1,v 1.2.6.2 2000/07/07 05:33:59 obrien Exp %
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/as.1,v 1.5 2001/05/14 01:07:21 horikawa Exp $
-.TH as 1 "29 March 1996" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\"
+.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/gas/doc/as.1,v 1.2.6.3 2001/08/01 23:03:03 obrien Exp %
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/as.1,v 1.6 2001/07/29 05:14:49 horikawa Exp $
+.TH as 1 "29 March 1996" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 
 .SH 名称
 GNU as \- ポータブル GNU アセンブラ
 
 .SH 書式
 .na
 .B as
 .RB "[\|" \-a "[\|" dhlns "\|]" \c
 \&[\|\=\c
 .I file\c
 \&\|]\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-D "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-defsym\ SYM=VAL "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-f "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-gstabs "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-I
 .I path\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-K "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-L "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-M\ |\ \-\-mri "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-o
 .I objfile\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-R "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-traditional\-format "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-v "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-w "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\^\- "\ |\ " \c
 .I files\c
 \&\|.\|.\|.\|]
 
 .I i960 だけにあるオプション:
 .br
 .RB "[\|" \-ACA "\||\|" \-ACA_A "\||\|" \-ACB\c
 .RB "\||\|" \-ACC "\||\|" \-AKA "\||\|" \-AKB\c
 .RB "\||\|" \-AKC "\||\|" \-AMC "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-b "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-no-relax "\|]"
 
 .I m680x0 だけにあるオプション:
 .br
 .RB "[\|" \-l "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-mc68000 "\||\|" \-mc68010 "\||\|" \-mc68020 "\|]"
 .ad b
 
 .SH 解説
 GNU \c
 .B as\c
 \& とは、実は一連のアセンブラのことです。
 もしあるアーキテクチャで GNU アセンブラを使う (もしくは、使った
 ことがある) ならば、他のアーキテクチャで使う時もかなり似た環境となり
 ます。それぞれのバージョンは他のバージョンと共通の部分が多くあります。
 例えば、オブジェクトファイルフォーマットや
 ほとんどのアセンブラディレクティブ (
 \c
 .I 疑似命令(pseudo-ops)
 とも呼ばれます)\c
 \& 、アセンブラシンタクスなどです。
 
 GNU \c
 .B as\c
 のシンタクスや疑似命令(pseudo-ops)に関する情報については、
 .B info \c
 (もしくは、マニュアル \c
 .I
 .I
 Using as: The GNU Assembler\c
 \&)
 の
 \& `\|\c
 .B as\c
 \|' の項を参照してください。
 
 \c
 .B as\c
 \& が作られた第一の目的は、GNU C コンパイラ \c
 .B gcc\c
 \& の出力をリンカ
 .B ld\c
 \& で使用できるようアセンブルすることです。
 確かに、
 .B as\c
 \& が、
 ネイティブアセンブラがアセンブルできるものはすべて
 正しくアセンブルできるようにしようとしてきました。
 このことは、\c
 .B as\c
 \& の用いるシンタクスが、
 同一アーキテクチャの他のアセンブラと同じである、
 ということを意味するものではありません。
 たとえば、680x0 のアセンブラ言語
 のシンタクスには互換性のないバージョンが存在することが知られてい
 ます。
 
 .B as\c
 \& の起動 1 回ごとに、ちょうどひとつのソースプログラムだけをアセンブルします。
 ソースプログラムはひとつ以上のファイルから構成されます。
 (標準入力もファイルひとつとみなします。)
 
 もし \c
 .B as\c
 \& にファイル名が指定されなければ、ひとつの入力ファイルが \c
 .B as\c
 \& の標準入力 (ふつうは端末) から読み出されます。\c
 .B ctl-D\c
 \& をタイプすることで、これ以上アセンブルするプログラムが存在しないこと
 を \c
 .B as\c
 \& に通知します。
 コマンドライン上で明示的に標準入力を指定する必要のある時は、`\|\c
 .B \-\^\-\c
 \|' を使ってください。
 
 .B as\c
 \& は、警告およびエラーメッセージを標準エラー出力 (通常は端末)
 へ出力します。\c
 .B as\c
 \& が
 コンパイラによって自動起動された場合は、この限りではありません。
 警告とは、欠陥のあるプログラムのアセンブルを続行するために \c
 .B as\c
 \& が仮定した内容を報告したものです。
 エラーは、アセンブルを続行できない重大な問題を表します。
 
 .SH オプション
 .TP
 .BR \-a
 アセンブル時のリスト出力を行ないます。多様なサブオプションがあります。
 .B d
 はデバッグ用ディレクティブを削除します。
 .B h
 は高レベルなソースコードを含めます。
 ソースファイルが見付かり、そのコードが
 .B \-g
 付きでコンパイルされた場合のみ利用可能です。
 .B l
 はアセンブリのリスト出力を含めます。
 .B n
 はフォーム処理 (forms processing) を削除します。
 .B s
 シンボルのリスト出力を含めます。
 .B =
 .I file
 はリスト出力を行うファイル名を設定します。
 これは、最後のサブオプションである必要があります。
 デフォルトのサブオプションは
 .B hls
 です。
 .TP
 .B \-D
 このオプションは、他のアセンブラ呼び出しとの互換のために用意され
 たものであり、 \c
 .B as\c
 \& では何の効果もありません。
 .TP
 .B \-\-defsym SYM=VALUE
 入力ファイルをアセンブルする前に、シンボル SYM を LAVUE であると定義します。
 VALUE は定数の整数である必要があります。
 C と同様、先行する 0x は 16 進数値を示し、先行する 0 は 8 進数値を示します。
 .TP
 .B \-f
 ``高速 (fast)''オプションです--プリプロセシングを行ないません (ソースはコンパ
 イラの出力したものとみなします)。
 .TP
 .BI "\-I\ " path
 .I path
 を
 .B .include
 ディレクティブの検索リストに追加します。
 .TP
 .B \-\-gstabs
 各アセンブリの行に対し、スタブデバッグ情報 (stabs debugging information)
 を生成します。
 デバッガが扱える場合、アセンブリコードのデバッグに役立つかもしれません。
 .TP
 .B \-K
 ロングディスプレースメントのために差分表が変更された場合に、警告を発行します。
 .TP
 .B \-L
 `\|\c
 .B L\c
 \|' から始まるローカルシンボルを (シンボルテーブル内に) 保持します。
 .TP
 .B \-M, \-\-mri
 MRI 互換モードでアセンブルします。
 .TP
 .BI "\-o\ " objfile
 .B as
 が出力するオブジェクトファイル名を指定します。
 .TP
 .B \-R
 データセクションをテキストセクション内に押し込みます。
 .TP
 .B \-\-traditional\-format
 可能であるならば、機種固有のアセンブラと同じ書式を使用します。
 .TP
 .B \-v
 .B as\c
 \& のバージョンを表示します。
 .TP
 .B \-W, \-\-no-warn
 警告メッセージの出力を抑制します。
 .TP
 .B \-\-fatal\-warnings
 警告を、致命的なものとして扱います。
 .TP
 .B \-\-warn
 警告を、単に警告として扱います。
 .TP
 .IR "\-\^\-" "\ |\ " "files\|.\|.\|."
 アセンブル対象のソースファイルまたは標準入力 (\c
 .BR "\-\^\-" ")\c"
 を指定します。
 .TP
 .BI \-A var
 .I
 (Intel 960 用。)
 960 アーキテクチャのどのプロセッサがターゲットかを指定します。
 .TP
 .B \-b
 .I
 (Intel 960 用)
 条件分岐の統計情報を収集するコードを追加します。
 .TP
 .B \-no-relax
 .I
 (Intel 960 用。)
 ロングディスプレースメントの「比較-分岐」という命令列に対して
 変更を加えません。
 場合によってはエラーが発生します。
 .TP
 .B \-l
 .I
 (Motorola 68000 用)。
 .br
 2 ワードではなく、1 ワードの短い参照を未定義シンボルに適用します。
 .TP
 .BR "\-mc68000" "\||\|" "\-mc68010" "\||\|" "\-mc68020"
 .I
 (Motorola 68000用)。
 .br
 68000 ファミリのどのプロセッサがターゲットかを指定します
 (デフォルトは 68020)。
 
 .PP
 オプションの記述順は自由であり、ファイル名の前や後、ファイル名の
 間にも記述することができます。ファイル名の記述順は重要な意味を持ちます。
 
 `\|\c
 .B \-\^\-\c
 \|' (2つのハイフン) をファイル名に指定することで、\c
 .B as\c
 \& がアセンブルするファイルのひとつとして標準入力を明示的に指定
 できます。
 
 ハイフン
 (`\|\c
 .B \-\c
 \|') から始まるコマンドライン引数は、
 `\|\c
 .B \-\^\-\c
 \|' を除き、すべてオプションです。それぞ
 れのオプションは、\c
 .B as\c
 \&の振舞いを変更します。あるオプションが他のオプションの動作を変え
 ることはありません。
 オプションは `\|\c
 .B \-\c
 \|' に続けてひとつ以上の文字を書いて指定します; 英文字の大文字
 小文字の区別は重要です。すべてのオプションは省略可能です。
 
 `\|\c
 .B \-o\c
 \|' オプションの後には、ファイル名をひとつだけ指定します。ファイル名
 は、オプション文字の直後に記述する (古いアセンブラとの互換) 形式、または
 次のコマンド引数 (GNU 標準) として記述する形式の
 いずれでも指定することができます。
 
 つまり次の2つのコマンドラインは等価です:
 .br
 .B
 as\ \ \-o\ \ my\-object\-file.o\ \ mumble.s
 .br
 .B
 as\ \ \-omy\-object\-file.o\ \ mumble.s
 
 .SH "関連項目"
 .B
 info\c
 内の
 .RB "`\|" as "\|'"
 の項
 .B
 \&;
 .I
 Using as: The GNU Assembler\c
 \&;
 .BR gcc "(" 1 "),"
 .BR ld "(" 1 ")."
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org>: 2000/07/09 更新。
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org>: 2001/08/04 binutils 2.11.2 用に修正。
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ld.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ld.1
index 6337fd4f0b..a9899e3b6c 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ld.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ld.1
@@ -1,1125 +1,1519 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
+.\" 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1,v 1.2.2.2 2000/07/07 05:34:12 obrien Exp %
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ld.1,v 1.9 2001/05/14 01:07:25 horikawa Exp $
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/ld/ld.1,v 1.2.2.3 2001/08/01 23:03:10 obrien Exp %
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ld.1,v 1.10 2001/07/29 05:14:51 horikawa Exp $
+.TH ld 1 "" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .TH ld 1 "17 August 1992" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 ld \- GNU リンカ
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B ld
 .RB "[\|" \-o "
 .I output\c
 \&\|] \c
 .I objfile\c
 \&.\|.\|.
 .br
 .RB "[\|" \-A\c
 .I architecture\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
 .I input-format\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-Bstatic "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-Bgroup "\|]"  
 .RB "[\|" \-Bdynamic "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-Bsymbolic "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-c\ "\c
 .I commandfile\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-\-cref "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-d | \-dc | \-dp\c
 \|]
 .br
 .RB "[\|" "\-defsym\ "\c
 .I symbol\c
-\& = \c
+\&=\c
 .I expression\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-\-demangle "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-no\-demangle "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c
 .I entry\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-embedded\-relocs "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-E "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-export\-dynamic "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-f\ "\c
 .I name\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-auxiliary\ "\c
 .I name\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-F\ "\c
 .I name\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-filter\ "\c
 .I name\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-format\ "\c
 .I input-format\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-g "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-G
 .I size\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-h\ "\c
 .I name\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-soname\ "\c
 .I name\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-i "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-l\c
 .I ar\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-L\c
 .I searchdir\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-M "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-Map
 .I mapfile\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-m
 .I emulation\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-n | \-N "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-noinhibit-exec "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-no\-keep\-memory "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-no\-warn\-mismatch "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-O\c
 .I level\c
 \&\|]
-.RB "[\|" "\-oformat\ "\c
+.RB "[\|" "\--oformat\ "\c
 .I output-format\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-R\ "\c
 .I filename\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-relax "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-r | \-Ur "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-rpath\ "\c
 .I directory\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-rpath\-link\ "\c
 .I directory\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-S "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-s "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-shared "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-sort\-common "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-split\-by\-reloc\ "\c
 .I count\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-split\-by\-file "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-T\ "\c
 .I commandfile\c
 \&\|]
+.RB "[\|" "\-\-section\-start\ "\c
+.I sectionname\c
+\&=\c
+.I sectionorg\c
+\&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-Ttext\ "\c
 .I textorg\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-Tdata\ "\c
 .I dataorg\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-Tbss\ "\c
 .I bssorg\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-t "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-u\ "\c
 .I sym\c
 \&]
 .RB "[\|" \-V "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-v "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-verbose "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-warn\-common "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-warn\-constructors "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-warn\-multiple\-gp "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-warn\-once "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-warn\-section\-align "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-whole\-archive "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-no\-whole\-archive "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-wrap\ "\c
 .I symbol\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-X "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-x "\|]"
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& はいくつかのオブジェクトとアーカイブファイルを結合し、
 データを再配置してシンボル参照を解決します。コンパイルされた
 新しいプログラムが実行可能になるように、多くの場合
 最終段階として \c
 .B ld\c
 \& が呼び出されます。
 
 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& はリンク処理を明示的かつ総合的に制御する目的の
 リンカコマンド言語のファイルを受け付けます。
 このマニュアルページではコマンド言語についてふれません;
 コマンド言語の詳細と GNUリンカの別の側面からの詳細については `\|\c
 .B info\c
 \|' の `\|\c
 .B ld\c
 \|' の項、またはマニュアル
 .I
 ld: the GNU linker
 \& を参照して下さい。
 
 このバージョンの \c
 .B ld\c
 \& はオブジェクトファイルの操作に汎用の BFD ライブラリを使います。
 これによって \c
 .B ld\c
 \& は多くの異なった形式 \(em\& 例えば COFF や
 \c
 .B a.out\c
 \& のようなオブジェクトファイル \(em\& の読み込み、結合、書き込みが
 出来るようになっています。異なる形式のファイルを、利用可能な
 いずれかの形式のオブジェクトファイルを生成するために一緒に
 リンクできます。`\|\c
 .B objdump \-i\c
 \|' で各種アーキテクチャでサポートされる形式の一覧を得られます;
 .BR objdump ( 1 )
 を参照してください。
 
 その柔軟性の一方で、GNU リンカは診断情報の提供という点で
 他のリンカよりも親切です。多くのリンカは
 エラーを起こした時点で即座に実行を中断してしまいます;
 可能であればいつでも
 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& は実行を続け、他のエラーも知らせます
 (または、場合によっては、エラーの代わりに出力ファイルを生成します)。
 
 GNU リンカ \c
 .B ld\c
 \& は広い範囲の各種状況をカバーすること、
 そして他のリンカと可能な限り互換性を持つことを意図しています。
 その結果、コマンドラインと環境変数を通して動作を制御するための
 多くの選択肢を提供しています。
 
 .SH オプション
 過度のコマンドラインオプションは恐ろしく見えるかもしれませんが、
 実際にはいかなる局面においてでも使用されるオプションは少ししかありません。
 例えば、\c
 .B ld\c
 \& がよく使われるのは標準の Unix の
 オブジェクトファイルを、標準のサポートしている Unixシステム上で
 リンクする場合です。そのようなシステムでは、\c
 .B hello.o\c
 \& というファイルをリンクするためには以下のようにします:
 .sp
 .br
 $\ ld\ \-o\ output\ /lib/crt0.o\ hello.o\ \-lc
 .br
 .sp
 これは、\c
 .B output\c
 \& という名前のファイルを、
 ファイル \c
 .B /lib/crt0.o\c
 \& と \c
 .B hello.o\c
 \& そして
 標準で検索されるディレクトリから来るライブラリ \c
 .B libc.a\c
 \& をリンクした結果として生成する事を、
 .B ld\c
 \& に対して指示しています。
 
 .B ld\c
 \& へのコマンドラインオプションは
 任意の順番で、何度でも繰り返してかまいません。
 大抵の場合、異なる引数でオプションを繰り返すと
 なんの効果も無いか、または以前のオプションの指定 (コマンドラインで
 より左側にあるもの) を上書きします。
 
 例外 \(em\& 2 回以上 意味を持って指定できる\(em\& は
 \c
 .B \-A\c
 \&, \c
 .B \-b\c
 \& (または その同義語の \c
 .B \-format\c
 \&), \c
 .B \-defsym\c
-\&,
-\c
+\&, \c
+.B \-\-section\-start\c
+\&, \c
 .B \-L\c
 \&, \c
 .B \-l\c
 \&, \c
 .B \-R\c
 \&, \c
 .B \-u\c
 \& です。
 
 .I objfile\c
 \& として示されているひとまとめにリンクされるオブジェクトファイルの
 リストは、コマンドラインオプションの後に続けても、前に置いても、また
 混ぜてもかまいません; 引数 \c
 .I objfile\c
 \& をオプションフラグとその引数の間に置く事は出来ないので、
 これは守って下さい。
 
 通常、リンカは少なくとも 1 つのオブジェクトファイルを指定して
 起動しますが、他の形式のバイナリ入力ファイルも \c
 .B \-l\c
 \&,
 \c
 .B \-R\c
 \& を使って、そしてスクリプトコマンド言語で指定できます。
 バイナリ入力ファイルがまったく
 .I 指定されない\c
 \& 場合は、リンカは出力ファイルを生成しません。そして `\|\c
 .B No input files\c
 \|' というメッセージを出します。
 
 オプションの引数は空白をはさまずにオプション文字に続けるか、
 その引数を必要とするオプションの直後に続けて独立した引数として
 与えなければなりません。
 
 .TP
 .BI "-A" "architecture"
 現在リリースされている \c
 .B ld\c
 \& では、このオプションは Intel 960 ファミリの
 アーキテクチャでのみ使われます。そのような設定の \c
 .B ld\c
 \& では、引数の
 \c
 .I architecture\c
 \& には 960 ファミリのメンバを指定する 2 文字の名称のいずれかを指定します;
 オプションは必要な出力のターゲットを指定して、
 入力ファイル中に非互換な命令があれば警告します。
 またリンカがアーカイブライブラリを検索する方式も変更します。
 個々のアーキテクチャに特有なライブラリを使うようにするために、
 アーキテクチャを識別する文字列をサフィックスに加えた名前を
 検索ループに含めます。
 
 例えば、\c
 .B ld\c
 \& のコマンドラインに `\|\c
 .B \-ACA\c
 \|' を `\|\c
 .B \-ltry\c
 \|' と共に指定すると、リンカは (組み込まれているサーチパスと、\c
 .B \-L\c
 \& で指定されたすべてのパスについて) 以下の名前のライブラリを探します。
 .sp
 .br
 try
 .br
 libtry.a
 .br
 tryca
 .br
 libtryca.a
 .br
 .sp
 
 最初の 2 つの候補は常に検索されます; 後ろの 2 つは `\|\c
 .B \-ACA\c
 \|' を指定した事によるものです。
 
 将来の \c
 .B ld\c
 \& のリリースでは他のアーキテクチャファミリでも同様の機能を
 サポートするかもしれません。
 
 アーキテクチャファミリがターゲットアーキテクチャの組合せを
 認めるのなら、意味を持ってコマンドライン上で 2 回以上 \c
 .B \-A\c
 \& を指定することが出来ます; \c
 .B \-l
 でライブラリが指定される時に、それぞれの指定による別の派生の
 名前のペアが検索のために追加されます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-b " "input-format"
 コマンドライン上でこのオプションに続いている入力オブジェクトファイルの
 バイナリ形式を指定します。
 通常はこれを指定する必要はありません。
 それぞれのマシン上で最も一般的な形式がデフォルトの入力形式であると
 期待するように、\c
 .B ld\c
 \& が設定されているからです。 \c
 .I input-format\c
 \& は文字列テキストで、BFD ライブラリでサポートされる
 形式名です。
 \c
 .B \-format \c
 .I input-format\c
 \&\c
 \& と、スクリプトコマンド中の
 .BR TARGET
 も同じ機能です。
 
 ファイルを通常でないバイナリ形式とリンクする場合にこのオプションを
 使いたいかも知れません。
 (異なる形式のオブジェクトファイルとリンクする時に) 同様に \c
 .B \-b\c
 \& で明示的に形式を切り替えられます。その場合は
 \c
 .B \-b \c
 .I input-format\c
 \&\c
 \& を特定の形式のオブジェクトファイルの各グループの前で
 指定します。
 
 デフォルトの形式は環境変数
 .B GNUTARGET\c
 \& からとられます。スクリプトから入力形式を指定する事もでき、
 その場合は \c
 .B TARGET\c
 \& コマンドを使います。
 
 .TP
 .B \-Bstatic
 共有ライブラリとリンクしません。これは共有ライブラリを
 サポートしているプラットフォーム上でのみ意味を持ちます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-Bdynamic
 ダイナミックライブラリとリンクします。
 これは共有ライブラリをサポートしている
 プラットフォームでのみ意味を持ちます。そのようなプラットフォームでは
 通常このオプションがデフォルトです。
 
+.TP
+.B \-Bgroup
+.B DF_1_GROUP
+フラグを、動的セクションの
+.B DT_FLAGS_1
+エントリにセットします。
+これにより、実行時リンカが行うオブジェクト内の検索と依存関係の実行が、
+グループ内に限定されます。
+未定義シンボルは許されません。
+共有ライブラリをサポートする ELF プラットフォームでのみ意味があります。
 .TP
 .B \-Bsymbolic
 共有ライブラリを作成する際に、もしあれば、グローバルシンボルへの
 参照を共有ライブラリ内の定義と対応づけます。通常は
 共有ライブラリとリンクされたプログラムが共有ライブラリ内の
 定義を上書きする事が可能です。このオプションは
 共有ライブラリをサポートする ELF のプラットフォームでのみ意味を持ちます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-c " "commandfile"
 ファイル
 \c
 .I commandfile\c
 \& からリンクコマンドを読み込むよう \c
 .B ld\c
 \& に指示します。
 読み込まれたコマンドは \c
 .B ld\c
 \& のデフォルトのリンク形式を (付け加えるのではなく) 完全に置き換えます; \c
 .I commandfile\c
 \& には目的の形式を指示するために必要な物をすべて
 書いておかなければなりません。
 
 
 リンクコマンドのスクリプトをコマンドラインで直接
 指定することも可能で、その場合はそれを文字 `\|\c
 .B {\c
 \|' と `\|\c
 .B }\c
 \|' で囲んで指定します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-cref
 クロスリファレンステーブルを出力します。リンクマップファイルが
 生成されていれば、クロスリファレンステーブルがマップファイルに
 出力されます。そうでない場合は標準出力に表示されます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-d
 .TP
 .B \-dc
 .TP
 .B \-dp
 これらの 3 つのオプションは等価です; 他のリンカとの互換性のために
 複数の形式がサポートされています。再配置可能なファイルを出力する
 ように指定された場合 (\c
 .B \-r\c
 \&) でもコモンシンボルに空間を割り当てるよう \c
 .B ld
 に指示する場合に、いずれかを使います。
 スクリプト中での
 \c
 .B FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION\c
 \& コマンドも同じ効果を持ちます。
 
 .TP
-.BI "-defsym " "symbol" "\fR = \fP" expression
+.BI "-defsym " "symbol" "\fR=\fP" expression
 出力ファイル中に \c
 .I expression\c
 \& で与えられた絶対アドレスを持つグローバルシンボルを生成します。
 複数のシンボルを定義するためにコマンドラインで必要回数だけ
 このオプションを指定してかまいません。この文脈では
 限定されますが \c
 .I expression\c
 \& として式を使う事ができます: 16 進定数や定義済シンボル、
 または \c
 .B +\c
 \& と \c
 .B \-\c
 \& で 16 進定数や定義済シンボルの加減算を行えます。
 より手の込んだ式が必要であれば、スクリプトから
 リンカコマンド言語を使う事を検討してください。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-demangle
 .TP
 .B \-\-no\-demangle
 このオプションは、
 エラーメッセージや他の出力において、
 シンボル名を元に戻す (demangle する) か否かを制御します。
 リンカが元に戻すように指示された場合、シンボル名を可読形式にしようとします。
 すなわち、
 オブジェクトファイルが使用しているならば先頭のアンダスコアを削除し、
 C++ で変換されたシンボル名をユーザが可読な名前に変換します。
 リンカは、デフォルトでは元に戻す動作を行いますが、環境変数
 .B COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE
 が設定されている場合は例外です。
 これらのオプションを使用してデフォルトを上書き可能です。
 
 .TP
 .BI "-e " "entry"\c
 \&
 プログラムの実行開始番地を示す明示的なシンボルとして、
 デフォルトの開始番地の代わりに \c
 .I entry\c
 を使用します。
 デフォルトと開始番地指定の他の方法については
 .B info\c
 の
 .B ld\c
 の項を参照してください。
 
 .TP
 .B \-embedded\-relocs
 このオプションは、
 .B \-membedded\-pic
 オプションを GNU コンパイラとアセンブラに指定して生成した
 MIPS 組み込み用位置独立コードをリンクする場合にのみ意味を持ちます。
 これによってリンカは、ポインタ値に初期化されている静的変数を
 実行時に再配置するために利用できるテーブルを生成するようになります。
 詳しくは testsuite/ld-empic にあるコードを参照してください。
 
 .TP
 .B \-E
 .TP
 .B \-export\-dynamic
 ELF ファイルを生成する際に、すべてのシンボルを実行時シンボルテーブルに
 加えます。通常、実行時シンボルテーブルは実行時オブジェクトが
 使用するシンボルだけを含みます。このオプションは
 .I dlopen
 を使用する場合に必要です。
 
 .TP
 .BI "-f " "name"
 .TP
 .BI "--auxiliary " "name"
 ELF の共有オブジェクトを生成する際に、内部の DT_AUXILIARY フィールドを
 指定した name にセットします。これは、
 共有オブジェクトのシンボルテーブルを、
 共有オブジェクト
 .I name
 のシンボルテーブルに適用する補助のフィルタとして使う事を、
 実行時リンカに対して指示します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "-F " "name"
 .TP
 .BI "--filter " "name"
 ELF の共有オブジェクトを生成する際に、内部の DT_FILTER フィールドを
 指定した name にセットします。これは、
 共有オブジェクトのシンボルテーブルを、
 共有オブジェクト
 .I name
 のシンボルテーブルに適用するフィルタとして使う事を、
 実行時リンカに対して指示します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-format " "input\-format"
 .B \-b\c
 \& \c
 .I input\-format\c
 \& と同意です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-g
 受け付けますが、無視されます; 他のツールとの互換性のために提供されています。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-G " "size"\c
 MIPS ECOFF において GP レジスタを使って最適化されるオブジェクトの
 最大サイズを
 .I size
 にします。他のオブジェクトファイル形式では無視されます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "-h " "name"
 .TP
 .BI "-soname " "name"
 ELF の共有オブジェクトを生成する際に、内部の DT_SONAME フィールドを
 指定した name にセットします。実行形式が DT_SONAME フィールドを持つ
 共有オブジェクトとリンクされると、実行形式が実行される時に、
 実行時リンカはリンカに与えられたファイル名を使う代わりに
 DT_SONAME フィールドで指定された共有オブジェクトをロードしようとします。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 コマンドラインオプションのサマリを標準出力に表示して終了します。
 このオプションと、1 つではなく 2 つのダッシュで始まる
 .B \-\-version
 は他の GNUプログラムとの互換性のためのものです。
 1 つだけのダッシュで始まる他のオプションは他のリンカとの互換性のための
 ものです。
 
 .TP
 .B \-i
 インクリメンタルリンクを行います (\c
 .B \-r\c
 \& オプションと同じです)。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-l" "ar"\c
 \&
 アーカイブファイル \c
 .I ar\c
 \& をリンクするファイルのリストに加えます。このオプションは
 何度でも指定できます。\c
 .B ld\c
 \& は、指定された各 \c
 .I ar
 について \c
 .B lib\c
 .I ar\c
 \&.a\c
 \& を自己のパスリストから探します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-L" "searchdir"
 このコマンドはパス \c
 .I searchdir\c
 \& を、
 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& がアーカイブライブラリを探すパスのリストに追加します。
 このオプションは何度でも指定して構いません。
 
 デフォルトで (\c
 .B \-L\c
 \& で指定されずに) 探すパスの組は \c
 .B ld\c
 \& がどのエミュレーションモードを使っているか、そして
 場合によってはどうコンフィギュレーションされているか、
 に依存します。パスはリンクスクリプトの中でも
 .B SEARCH_DIR
 コマンドを使って指定できます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-M
 リンクマップ \(em\& \c
 .B ld\c
 \& によってシンボルがどこに配置されたかの診断情報、そして
 グローバルなコモン領域の配置情報 \(em\& を (標準出力ファイルへ) 出力します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-Map " "mapfile"\c
 ファイル
 .I mapfile
 にリンクマップ \(em\& \c
 .B ld\c
 \&  によってシンボルがどこに配置されたかの診断情報、そして
 グローバルなコモン領域の配置情報 \(em\& を出力します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-m " "emulation"\c
 .I emulation
 で指定されたリンカをエミュレートします。
 .I emulation
 として指定できる物は
 .I \-\-verbose
 か
 .I \-V
 オプションでリストできます。このオプションは、
 .BR ld
 をコンパイルする際にコンフィギュレーションでデフォルトとして指定して
 埋め込まれている目的システムに優先します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-N
 .B text\c
 \& と \c
 .B data\c
 \& セクションを読み書き可能にする指定です。
 出力形式が Unix スタイルのマジックナンバをサポートしているなら、
 出力は \c
 .B OMAGIC\c
 \& とマークされます。
 
 `\|\c
 .B \-N\c
 \&\|' オプションを指定した場合は、リンカは
 データセグメントをページ境界に合わせることをしません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-n
 テキストセグメントを読み込み専用にします。そして可能であれば \c
 .B NMAGIC\c
 \& が書き込まれます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-noinhibit\-exec
 通常、リンカはリンク処理中にエラーがあった場合は出力ファイルを生成しません。
 このフラグを指定すると、致命的ではないエラーの後であっても
 出力ファイルを残しておく事を望んでいる事を指示できます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-no\-keep\-memory
 通常、リンカは速度面での最適化を、
 入力ファイルのシンボルテーブルをメモリ中にキャッシュすることでの
 メモリ使用量の増大よりも優先します。このオプションで、
 そうではなく必要に応じてシンボルを再読み込みする事でメモリ使用量を
 最適化する事を指示できます。大きな実行ファイルをリンクしている際に
 メモリ領域を使いきってしまうような場合に、このオプションが
 必要になるかもしれません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-no\-warn\-mismatch
 通常、何らかの理由でマッチしない入力ファイル同士をリンクしようとすると、
 リンカはエラーを起こします。
 おそらくは、異なる
 プロセッサ用か異なるエンディアン向けにコンパイルされたことが原因でしょう。
 このオプションは、そのような起こり得るエラーを黙って許容するよう、
 リンカに対して指示します。このオプションは、リンカが
 エラーとする事が不適切と確証を持てる特別な処理を行う場合にのみ
 注意深く使うべきです。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-o " "output"
 .I output\c
 \& が \c
 .B ld\c
 \& の生成するプログラム名です; このオプションが
 指定されていない場合は、デフォルトの名前 `\|\c
 .B a.out\c
 \|' が使われます。
 スクリプトのコマンド \c
 .B OUTPUT\c
 \& でも出力ファイル名を指定できます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-O" "level"
 最適化した出力ファイルを生成します。
 非常に長い時間がかかるかもしれませんので、
 最終的なバイナリを生成するときのみ有効にすべきかもしれません。
 \c
 .I level\c
 \& は数値であるものとして扱われます。
 0 より大きな値は最適化を有効にします。
 
 .TP
-.BI "\-oformat " "output\-format"
+.BI "\--oformat " "output\-format"
 出力オブジェクトファイルのバイナリ形式を指定します。\c
 .B ld\c
 \& はデフォルトの出力形式としてそれぞれのマシンで最も一般的な形式を
 生成するようにコンフィギュレーションされているので、
 通常はこれを指定する必要はありません。\c
 .I output-format\c
 \& は文字列テキストで、BFD ライブラリでサポートされる
 形式名で指定します。スクリプトでのコマンド
 .B OUTPUT_FORMAT
 でも出力形式を指定できますが、このオプションはそれより優先されます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-R " "filename"
 シンボル名とそのアドレスを \c
 .I filename\c
 \& から読み込みますが、それを再配置したり出力に
 含めたりはしません。これによって、
 他のプログラムが定義しているメモリ中の絶対番地を、
 出力するファイルからシンボルで参照することが可能になります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-relax
 マシン固有の効果を持つオプションです。現在はこのオプションは
 H8/300 でのみサポートされます。
 
 プラットフォームによっては、このオプションでリンカがプログラム中の
 アドレッシングを解決する時にアドレスモードを緩めて、出力ファイルに
 新しい命令を生成する広域最適化を行う事が可能になります。
 
 これがサポートされないプラットフォームでは、 `\|\c
 .B \-relax\c
 \&\|' は受け付けますが影響はありません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-r
 再配置可能な出力を生成します \(em\& つまり、再度 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& に入力として与えられる出力ファイルを生成します。
 これはしばしば \c
 .I 部分的な
 リンク\c
 \&と呼ばれます。副作用として、標準的な Unix のマジックナンバを
 サポートする環境では、このオプションは同時に出力ファイルの
 マジックナンバを
 \c
 .B OMAGIC\c
 \& にします。
 このオプションが指定されないと、絶対ファイルが生成されます。
 C++ のプログラムをリンクしている時は、このオプションでは
 コンストラクタへの参照は解決 \c
 .I されません\c
 \&; 代わりに \c
 .B \-Ur\c
 \& を使ってください。
 
 このオプションは \c
 .B \-i\c
 \& と同じ事をします。
 
 .TP
 .B \-rpath\ \fIdirectory
 実行時のライブラリ検索パスにディレクトリを追加します。これは
 ELF 実行形式を共有オブジェクトとリンクする時に使われます。
 すべての
 .B \-rpath
 引数がつながれて、実行時リンカに渡されます。実行時リンカは
 それらを使って共有オブジェクトの位置を実行時に突き止めます。
 .B \-rpath
 オプションは、リンク時に明示的に含められた共有オブジェクトが
 必要とする共有オブジェクトの位置を突き止めるためにも使われます;
 .B \-rpath\-link
 オプションの説明を参照してください。もし ELF 実行形式をリンクする時に
 .B \-rpath
 が使われないと、定義されていれば環境変数
 .B LD_RUN_PATH
 の内容が使われます。
 
 .B \-rpath
 リンカは与えられたすべての
 .B \-L
 オプションを含む実行時の検索パスを生成します。
 もし
 .B \-rpath
 が指定されれば、実行時の検索パスは
 .B \-rpath
 オプションを使い、
 .B \-L
 オプションは無視して排他的に形成されます。
 このことは gcc を使う時に有効でしょう。
 gcc は多くの
 .B \-L
 オプションを付け、それらは NFSマウントされたファイルシステムに
 あるかもしれないからです。
 
 .TP
 .B \-rpath\-link\ \fIdirectory
 ELF か SunOS で使う時に、1 つの共有ライブラリが他の共有ライブラリを
 必要とするかも知れません。これは
 .B ld\ \-shared
 によるリンクで入力ファイルの 1 つとして共有ライブラリが含まれる
 場合に発生します。
 
 リンカがそのような依存関係に出会った時、非共有、再配置不可能の
 リンクをしている時は、もし必要な共有ライブラリが明示的には含まれて
 いないのなら、自動的にその位置を突き止めてリンク作業に
 含めようとします。そのような場合、
 .B \-rpath\-link
 オプションで最初に検索するディレクトリのセットを指定できます。
 .B \-rpath\-link
 オプションは、コロンで区切って名前をリストにするか
 複数回指定する事でディレクトリ名の並びを指定できます。
 
 必要な共有ライブラリが見付からないと、リンカは
 警告を出力してリンク作業を継続します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-S
 (すべてのシンボルではなく) デバッガシンボル情報だけを、
 出力ファイルに出しません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-s
 すべてのシンボル情報を出力ファイルに出しません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-shared
 共有ライブラリを作成します。これは現時点では ELF と
 SunOS のプラットフォームでのみサポートされます
 (SunOS では指定しなくても構いません。リンカは未定義シンボルが
 あって
 .B \-e
 オプションが指定されていなければ自動的に共有ライブラリを作成します)。
 
 .TP
 .B \-sort\-common
 通常、
 .B ld
 がグローバルのコモンシンボルを適切な出力セクションに置く時、
 それらをサイズ順に並べます。最初にすべての 1 バイトのシンボルが来て、
 すべての 2 バイト、それからすべての 4 バイト、そしてそれら以外の
 順になります。これはアラインメントの制約によるシンボル間のすき間を
 避けるために行われます。このオプションでは、その並べ替えを抑止します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-split\-by\-reloc\ \fIcount
 .I count
 個より多くの再配置を含む出力セクションが 1 つもできないように、
 出力ファイルに追加のセクションを作る事を試みます。
 これは、ある種のリアルタイムカーネルに、COFF オブジェクト形式で
 ダウンロードするための巨大な再配置可能ファイルを生成する時に有用です;
 COFF では 1 つのセクションで 65535 個より多い再配置情報を持てないからです。
 これは任意のセクションをサポートしないオブジェクトファイル形式では
 うまく動作しない事に注意してください。リンカは個々の入力の
 セクションを再分配のために切り分ける事はありません。このため、もし
 1 つの入力セクションが
 .I count
 より多い再配置を含んでいると、1 つの出力セクションがその数の
 再配置を含む事になります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-split\-by\-file
 .B \-split\-by\-reloc
 と同様ですが、入力ファイル毎に新しい出力セクションを生成します。
 
+.TP
+.BI "--section-start " "sectionname" "\fR=\fP"org
+出力ファイル中のセクションの絶対アドレスを
+.I org
+で指定します。
+.I org
+は 16 進整数であることが必要です。
+複数セクションの位置を指定するために、複数回コマンドラインで指定可能です。
+手の込んだ式を使う必要がある場合、
+スクリプトから隣家コマンド言語を使用することを検討してください。
+
 .TP
 .BI "\-Tbss " "org"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-Tdata " "org"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-Ttext " "org"\c
 出力ファイルのセグメント
 \c
 .B bss\c
 \&, \c
 .B data\c
 \&, \c
 .B text\c
 \(em\& それぞれのオプションで指定された \(em\& \c
 .I org\c
 \& にします。
 \c
 .I org\c
 \& は 16 進整数でなければなりません。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-T " "commandfile"
 .B \-c \c
 .I commandfile\c
 \&\c
 \& と等価です; 他のツールとの互換性のためにサポートされています。
 
 .TP
 .B \-t
 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& が処理している入力ファイル名を出力します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-u " "sym"
 強制的に \c
 .I sym\c
 \& が未定義シンボルとして出力ファイルに入るようにします。
 これは、例えば、標準ライブラリから追加のモジュールをリンクする
 引金となり得ます。
 さらに未定義シンボルを追加するために \c
 .B \-u\c
 \& を
 異なるオプション引数で繰り返し可能です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-Ur
 C++ プログラム以外の物については、このオプションは
 \c
 .B \-r\c
 \& と等価です: 再配置可能な出力 \(em\& つまり、再度 \c
 .B ld\c
 \& に入力として与えられる出力ファイル \(em\& を生成します。
 C++ プログラムをリンクする時は、\c
 .B \-r\c
 \& と異なり \c
 .B \-Ur
 \& はコンストラクタの参照を解決
 .I します\c
 。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-verbose
 .B ld
 のバージョン番号とサポートするエミュレーションのリストを表示します。
 どの入力ファイルが開けた/開けなかったかを表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-v, \-V
 .B ld\c
 \& のバージョン番号を表示します。
 .B \-V
 オプションではサポートするエミュレーションのリストも表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-version
 .B ld
 のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-warn\-common
 コモンシンボルが他のコモンシンボルかシンボル定義と結合された時に
 警告します。Unix のリンカはこのややずさんな慣習を許しますが、
 他のいくつかのオペレーティングシステムのリンカは許しません。
 このオプションでグローバルシンボルの結合による問題の可能性を
 見つけることができます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-warn\-constructors
 グローバルコンストラクタの使用を警告します。これは 2、3 の
 オブジェクトファイル形式でのみ有用です。COFF や ELF といった
 形式については、リンカはグローバルコンストラクタの使用を
 検出できません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-warn\-multiple\-gp
 出力ファイルが複数のグローバルポインタ値を必要とする場合に警告します。
 このオプションはある種のプロセッサ、Alpha などでのみ意味を持ちます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-warn\-once
 未定義シンボルのそれぞれについて、それを参照するモジュール毎でなく、
 1 回だけ警告します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-warn\-section\-align
 出力セクションのアドレスがアラインメントのために変更されると警告します。
 典型的には、アラインメントは入力セクションによってセットされます。
 アドレスはアラインメントが明示的に指定されなかった場合にのみ変更されます;
 つまり SECTIONS コマンドがセクションの開始番地を指定しなかった場合です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-whole\-archive
 コマンドライン上で
 .B \-\-whole\-archive
 オプションの後に指定された各アーカイブについて、
 必要なオブジェクトファイルをアーカイブから探す代わりに、
 アーカイブ中の全オブジェクトファイルをリンクします。
 これは通常、アーカイブファイルを共有ライブラリにするのに使い、
 作成する共有ライブラリに全オブジェクトが確実に入るようにします。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-no\-whole\-archive
 これ以降にコマンドライン上で指定されたアーカイブについて
 .B \-\-whole\-archive
 オプションの効果を無効にします。
 
 .TP
 .BI "--wrap " "symbol"
 .I symbol
 についてラッパー関数を使います。
 未解決の
 .I symbol
 への参照を
 .BI "__wrap_" "symbol"
 で解決します。
 未解決の
 .BI "__real_" "symbol"
 への参照を
 .I symbol
 で解決します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-X
 テンポラリのローカルシンボルをすべて削除します。大部分のターゲットでは、
 これは名前が `\|\c
 .B L\c
 \|' で始まるすべてのローカルシンボルになります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-x
 すべてのローカルシンボルを削除します。
 
 .PP
 
 .SH 環境変数
 \c
 環境変数 \c
 .B GNUTARGET\c
 \& で
 .B ld\c
 \& の動作を変えることが出来ます。
 
 \c
 .B \-b\c
 \& (またはその同義語の \c
 .B \-format\c
 \&) を使わない場合に
 .B GNUTARGET\c
 \& で入力ファイルオブジェクト形式が決まります。\c
 その値は入力形式を示す BFD 名でなければなりません。
 環境変数に
 \c
 .B GNUTARGET\c
 \& が無ければ、\c
 .B ld\c
 \& はホストの自然な形式を
 使います。もし\c
 .B GNUTARGET\c
 \& が
 .B default\c
 \& にセットされていれば\c
 BFD はバイナリ入力ファイルを調べることで入力形式を
 見つけようとします; このやりかたは多くの場合に成功しますが、
 あいまいになる可能性があります。オブジェクトファイル形式の
 印として使われているマジックナンバが重複していない事を
 確認する方法が存在しないからです。しかしながら、各システムでの
 BFD のコンフィギュレーション処理で、そのシステムで慣習的に
 使われる形式を検索リストの最初に置きます。よってあいまいさは
 慣習に合わせる事で解決されます。
 
 .PP
 
 .SH "関連項目"
 
 .BR objdump ( 1 )
 .br
 .br
 .B info\c
 の
 .RB "`\|" ld "\|' と `\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項
 .br
 .I
 ld: the GNU linker\c
 , Steve Chamberlain and Roland Pesch;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 , Roland H. Pesch
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
 
 .SH 日本語訳
 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 野首 寛高 <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp> 1998/10/25 FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1
index d0d61ee07c..217a45f9e3 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1
@@ -1,232 +1,597 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1,v 1.4 2001/05/14 01:07:26 horikawa Exp $
-.TH nm 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/nm.1,v 1.5 2001/07/29 05:14:51 horikawa Exp $
+.TH nm 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 nm \- オブジェクトファイルからシンボルをリストする
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B nm
 .RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-debug\-syms "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-g | \-\-extern\-only "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-B "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-dynamic "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-print\-armap "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-o | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-n | \-\-numeric\-sort "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-no\-sort "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reverse\-sort "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-size\-sort "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-u | \-\-undefined\-only "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-t \fIradix" | \-\-radix=\fIradix "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-P | --portability "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-f \fIformat" | \-\-format=\fIformat "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \c
 .I objfile\c
 \&.\|.\|.\|]
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 GNU \c
 .B nm\c
 \& はオブジェクトファイル \c
 .I objfile\c
 \& からシンボルをリストします。引数でオブジェクトファイルが与えられないと、\c
 .B nm\c
 \& は `\|\c
 .B a.out\c
 \|' を対象とします。
 
 .SH オプション
 長短形式の選択肢として、ここにあげてあるオプションは等価です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-A
 .TP
 .B \-o
 .TP
 .B \-\-print\-file\-name
 入力ファイルに含まれるすべてのシンボルの前に一度だけ入力ファイルを
 表示するのではなく、各シンボルの前に それが含まれる入力ファイル名を
 表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-a
 .TP
 .B \-\-debug\-syms
 デバッガ専用シンボルを表示します; 通常それらはリストされません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-B
 .B \-\-format=bsd
 と同じです
 (MIPS の \fBnm\fP との互換性のためにあります)。
 
 .TP
 .B \-C
 .TP
 .B \-\-demangle
 低レベルのシンボル名をユーザレベルの名前にデコード (\fIdemangle\fP)
 します。さらにシステムが付加した先頭のアンダスコアもすべて
 取り除くので、これによって C++ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-D
 .TP
 .B \-\-dynamic
 通常のシンボルではなくダイナミックシンボルを表示します。
 これは、ある種の共有ライブラリなどの
 ダイナミックオブジェクトに対してのみ意味を持ちます。
 
 .TP
 .B "\-f \fIformat"
 出力形式として \fIformat\fP を使います。``bsd'',
 ``sysv'', ``posix'' が指定できます。デフォルトは ``bsd'' です。
 \fIformat\fP の 1 文字目だけが重要で、大文字でも小文字でも
 構いません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-g
 .TP
 .B \-\-extern\-only
 外部シンボルだけを表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-n
 .TP
 .B \-v
 .TP
 .B \-\-numeric\-sort
 シンボルを名前のアルファベット順ではなく、
 シンボルのアドレスで数値順にならべます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-p
 .TP
 .B \-\-no\-sort
 シンボルの並べ替えを一切しません; 単に出て来た順に表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-P
 .TP
 .B \-\-portability
 デフォルトの形式のかわりに POSIX.2 標準の出力形式を使います。
 ``\-f posix'' と等価です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-s
 .TP
 .B \-\-print\-armap
 アーカイブのメンバのシンボルをリストする際に、インデックスを
 含めます。インデックス
 (アーカイブ中に \c
 .B ar\c
 \& か \c
 .B ranlib\c
 \& によって置かれます) とはどのモジュールにどの名前の定義が
 含まれているかの対応の事です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-r
 .TP
 .B \-\-reverse\-sort
 (数値またはアルファベットによる) 並べ替えを逆順にします;
 最後が最初に来るようにします。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-size\-sort
 シンボルをサイズで並べ替えます。サイズはシンボルの値とその次に高位の
 値を持つシンボルの値の間の差分から計算されます。シンボルの値の
 かわりにサイズが表示されます。
 
 .TP
 .B "\-t \fIradix"
 .TP
 .B "\-\-radix=\fIradix"
 シンボルの値を表示する際に \fIradix\fP を基数として使います。
 指定は、10 進の場合は ``d''、8 進の場合は ``o''、16 進の場合は ``x'' の
 いずれかです。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
 システムのデフォルトの形式ではないオブジェクトコード形式を指定します。
 指定できる形式の一覧については
 .BR objdump ( 1 )
 を参照してください。
 
 .TP
 .B \-u
 .TP
 .B \-\-undefined\-only
 未定義シンボル (各オブジェクトファイルの外部シンボル) のみを表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-l
 .TP
 .B \-\-line\-numbers
 各シンボルについて、デバッグ情報を使ってファイル名と行番号を見つけるよう
 試みます。定義されているシンボルについては、シンボルのアドレスに
 対応する行番号を捜します。未定義のシンボルについては、そのシンボルを
 参照している再配置エントリの行番号を捜します。行番号情報が
 見つけられたなら、他のシンボル情報の後に表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-V
 .TP
 .B \-\-version
 .B nm
 のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 .B nm
 のオプションのサマリを表示して終了します。
 
 .SH "関連項目"
 .B
 info\c
 \& の;
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 \&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
 .BR ar "(" 1 "),"
 .BR objdump ( 1 ),
 .BR ranlib "(" 1 ")."
 
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
 
 .SH 日本語訳
 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 野首 寛高 <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp> 1998/11/11  FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1
index 84b55051e8..a4e92582b7 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1
@@ -1,355 +1,729 @@
 .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.1,v 1.2.6.2 2000/07/07 05:33:30 obrien Exp %
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1,v 1.5 2001/05/14 01:07:26 horikawa Exp $
-.TH objcopy 1 "October 1994" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/objcopy.1,v 1.2.6.3 2001/08/01 23:02:44 obrien Exp %
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objcopy.1,v 1.6 2001/07/29 05:14:51 horikawa Exp $
+.TH objcopy 1 "05 April 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 objcopy \- オブジェクトファイルのコピーと変換
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B objcopy
 .RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-j\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-only\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-L\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-W\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-b\ \fIbyte\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-i\ \fIinterleave\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-set\-start=\fIval\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-start=\fIincr\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-addresses=\fIincr\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-address\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-lma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-warnings\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-set\-section\-flags\ \fIsection=flags\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-add\-section\ \fIsectionname=filename\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-change\-leading\-char\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-srec\-len=\fIval\fR "\|]"
+.RB "[\|" \-\-srec\-forceS3\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-redefine\-sym\ \fIold=new\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-weaken\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-v\ |\ \-\-verbose\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-V\ |\ \-\-version\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-help\fR "\|]"
 .B infile
 .RB "[\|" outfile\fR "\|]"
 .SH 解説
 GNU
 .B objcopy
 ユーティリティはあるオブジェクトファイルの内容を他へコピーします。
 .B objcopy
 はオブジェクトファイルの読み書きに GNU BFD ライブラリを使います。
 元のオブジェクトファイルと異なるフォーマットでコピー先の
 オブジェクトファイルに書き込む事が可能です。
 .B objcopy
 の厳密な挙動はコマンドラインの引数で制御します。
 .PP
 .B objcopy
 は変換のために一時ファイルを作成して後でそれらを削除します。
 .B objcopy
 はすべての変換作業で BFD を使います; つまり BFD が知っている
 フォーマットはすべて知っている事になるので、明示的に指定しなくても
 大部分のフォーマットを認識する事が出来ます。
 .PP
 .B objcopy
 で出力先に
 .B srec
 を指定する
 (例えば
 .B -O srec
 を使う) ことで  Sレコードを生成できます。
 .PP
 .B objcopy
 で出力先に
 .B binary
 を指定する
 (例えば
 .B -O binary
 を使う) ことで生のバイナリファイルを生成できます。
 .B objcopy
 で生のバイナリファイルを生成することは、本質的には入力の
 オブジェクトファイルの内容のメモリダンプを生成することに
 なるでしょう。シンボルと
 再配置情報はすべて捨て去られます。メモリダンプは出力ファイルに
 コピーされる中で最も低位のセクションの仮想アドレスから始まります。
 .PP
 Sレコードや生のバイナリファイルを生成する場合は、
 .B -S
 を使ってデバッグ情報を含むセクションを削除するのが良いかもしれません。
 場合によっては
 .B -R
 が、バイナリファイルに必要無い情報を含むセクションを削除するのに有用でしょう。
 .PP
 .I infile
 と
 .I outfile
 は それぞれ入力と出力ファイルです。
 .IR outfile
 を指定しないと、
 .B objcopy
 は一時ファイルを作成してから そのファイル名を入力ファイル名に付けかえて
 しまいます。
 
 .SH オプション
 .TP
 .B \-I \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname
 入力ファイルのオブジェクト形式を推測しようとするかわりに
 .IR bfdname
 であるとして扱います。
 .TP
 .B \-O \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname
 オブジェクト形式として
 .IR bfdname
 を使って出力ファイルに書き込みます。
 .TP
 .B \-F \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname
 入出力両方のオブジェクト形式が
 .I bfdname
 であるとします; つまり、入力から出力へ無変換でデータを
 単純に転送するということです。
 .TP
 .B \-j \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-only\-section=\fIsectionname
 指定したセクションのみ入力ファイルから出力ファイルへコピーし、
 他のすべてのセクションを捨てます。
 このオプションは
 2 回以上指定できます。このオプションを不適切に使うと出力ファイルが
 利用できない物になるので注意して下さい。.TP
 .B \-R \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-remove-section=\fIsectionname
 指定されたセクションをファイルから取り除きます。このオプションは
 2 回以上指定できます。このオプションを不適切に使うと出力ファイルが
 利用できない物になるので注意して下さい。
 .TP
 .B \-S\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-all
 再配置とシンボルの情報を入力ファイルからコピーしません。
 .TP
 .B \-g\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-debug
 デバッグシンボルを入力ファイルからコピーしません。
 .TP
 .B \-\-strip\-unneeded
 再配置処理に不要なシンボルをすべて取り除きます。
 .TP
 .B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 入力ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP だけをコピーします。
 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。
 .TP
 .B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 入力ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP をコピーしません。
 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。
 .TP
 .B \-L \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 シンボル \fIsymbolname\fP を、外部から参照できないようにファイル内
 ローカルにします。このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。
 .TP
 .B \-W \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 シンボル \fIsymbolname\fP を weak にします。
 このオプションは 2 回以上指定できます。
 .TP
 .B \-x\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-all
 入力ファイルからグローバルでないシンボルをコピーしません。
 .TP
 .B \-X\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-locals
 コンパイラが生成したローカルシンボルをコピーしません。
 (それらは通常 "L" か "." で始まります。)
 .TP
 .B \-b \fIbyte\fR, \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte
 入力ファイルの各 \fIbyte\fP番めのバイトのみを取り出します
 (ヘッダデータには影響しません)。\fIbyte\fP には
 0 から interleave-1 の範囲の値を指定できます。
 このオプションは ROM に書き込むためのファイルを作成するために有用です。
 典型的には srec の出力指定と共に使います。
 .TP
 .B \-i \fIinterleave\fR, \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave
 各 \fIinterleave\fPバイト毎に 1バイトだけをコピーします。
 どれをコピーするかは \fB\-b\fP か \fB\-\-byte\fP オプションで
 選びます。デフォルトは 4です。
 interleave は \fB\-b\fP か \fB\-\-byte\fP のどちらも指定されていない
 場合は無視されます。
 .TP
 .B \-p\fR, \fB\-\-preserve\-dates
 出力ファイルのアクセス時刻と更新時刻を入力ファイルに合わせます。
 .TP
 .B \-\-debugging
 可能であればデバッグ情報を変換します。
 特定のデバッグ情報しかサポートしておらず、変換処理は時間を
 要する可能性があるので、これはデフォルトではありません。
 .TP
 .B \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval
 セクション間のすきまを \fIval\fP で埋めます。
 この操作はセクションの \fIload address\fP (LMA) に適用されます。
 低位アドレスのセクションのサイズを増やし、できた余分の空間を \fIval\fP で
 埋める事で実現しています。
 .TP
 .B \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress
 ロードアドレス \fIaddress\fP まで出力ファイルに詰め物をします。
 これは最後のセクションのサイズを増やす事で行われます。
 できた余分の空間は \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fP で
 指定された値 (デフォルトは 0) で埋められます。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-set\-start=\fIval
 新しいファイルの開始アドレスを \fIval\fP に設定します。
 すべてのオブジェクトファイル形式が開始アドレスの設定をサポートしている
 わけではありません。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-change\-start=\fIincr\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fIincr
 開始アドレスを、\fIincr\fP を加算する事で変更します。
 すべてのオブジェクトファイル形式が開始アドレスの設定をサポートしている
 わけではありません。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fIincr
 開始アドレスおよびすべてのセクションのアドレスを、\fIincr\fP を
 加算する事で変更します。いくつかのオブジェクトファイル形式では
 セクションのアドレスを任意の値に変更する事は許されていません。
 これはセクションを再配置するのではない事に注意して下さい;
 もしプログラムがセクションが特定のアドレスにロードされる事を
 期待しており、そしてこのオプションがセクションを異なるアドレスに
 ロードするように使われた場合は、プログラムは正常に
 動作しないかもしれません。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val
 指定された \fIsection\fP の VMA および LMA アドレスを、
 設定または変更します。\fI=\fP が
 指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fP に設定されます。
 そうでなければ \fIval\fP がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。
 上の \fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fP に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。
 入力ファイルに \fIsection\fP が存在しない場合は、
 \fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fP が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val
 指定された \fIsection\fP の LMA アドレスを、
 設定または変更します。\fI=\fP が
 指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fP に設定されます。
 そうでなければ \fIval\fP がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。
 上の \fB\-\-adjust\-addresses\fP に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。
 入力ファイルに \fIsection\fP が存在しない場合は、
 \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。
 .B \fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val
 指定された \fIsection\fP の VMA アドレスを、
 設定または変更します。\fI=\fP が
 指定された場合は、セクションのアドレスは \fIval\fP に設定されます。
 そうでなければ \fIval\fP がセクションのアドレスに加算または減算されます。
 上の \fB\-\-adjust\-addresses\fP に書かれているコメントも参照して下さい。
 入力ファイルに \fIsection\fP が存在しない場合は、
 \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP が指定されていなければ警告が出力されます。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-warnings
 \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-XXX\fP が指定され、
 指定されたセクションが存在しないと警告が出力されます。
 これはデフォルトです。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR, \fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings
 \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-XXX\fP が指定されて、指定された
 セクションが存在しなくても警告を出力しません。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\ \fIsection=flags
 指定されたセクションのフラグを設定します。引数 \fIflags\fP は
 フラグ名をコンマで区切った文字列です。認識するフラグ名は
 +\fIalloc\fP, \fIcontents\fP, \fIload\fP, \fInoload\fP, \fIreadonly\fP,
 +\fIcode\fP, \fIdata\fP, \fIrom\fP, \fIshare\fP, \fIdebug\fP
 です。すべてのフラグがすべてのオブジェクトファイル形式で
 意味を持つとは限りません。
 .TP
 .B \fB\-\-add\-section\ \fIsectionname=filename
 \fIsectionname\fR で指定された名前の新しいセクションをファイルの
 コピー中に付け加えます。新しいセクションの内容はファイル
 \fIfilename\fR から取り込まれます。セクションのサイズはファイルの
 サイズになります。このオプションは任意の名前を持つセクションを
 サポートできるファイル形式でのみ機能します。
 .TP
 .B \-\-change\-leading\-char
 いくつかのオブジェクトファイル形式でシンボルの最初に特殊文字が
 使われています。もっとも一般的なのはアンダスコアで、しばしば
 コンパイラが各シンボルの前に付け加えます。
 このオプションは
 .B objcopy
 に、オブジェクトファイル形式を変換する時に各シンボルの始まりの
 文字を変更するよう指示します。
 変換前後のオブジェクトファイル形式がシンボルの始まりに同じ文字を
 使っている場合は、このオプションは何もしません。そうでなければ、
 このオプションで文字を付け加える、または文字を削除する、または
 文字を変更する事が、適切に行われます。
 .TP
 .B \-\-remove\-leading\-char
 グローバルシンボルの最初の文字が、オブジェクトファイル形式で使われる
 シンボルの最初に付加される特殊文字だった場合は、その文字を取り除きます。
 シンボルに前置される最も一般的な文字はアンダスコアです。
 このオプションは前置されているアンダスコアをすべての
 グローバルシンボルから取り除きます。これはシンボル名の取り決めが
 異なるファイル形式のファイルを一緒にリンクしたい場合に有用です。
 これは \fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fP とは異なります。
 なぜならこのオプションでは適切であれば、
 出力のオブジェクトファイル形式とは関係なく
 常にシンボル名を変更してしまうからです。
 .TP
+.B \fB\-\-srec\-len=\fIval
+srec 出力でのみ意味があります。
+S レコードの長さを \fIval\fP に設定します。
+この長さには、アドレス、データ、CRC フィールドも含まれます。
+.TP
+.B \fB\-\-srec\-forceS3
+srec 出力でのみ意味があります。
+S1/S2 レコードの生成を防ぎ、S3 レコードのみの書式にします。
+.TP
 .B \-\-redefine\-sym\ \fIold=new
 シンボルの名前を \fIold\fR から \fInew\fR へ変更します。
 ソースが無い 2 つのものリンクしようとしていて、
 名前の衝突があるときに有用でしょう。
 .TP
 .B \-\-weaken
 ファイルのすべてのグローバルシンボルを weak に変更します。
 .TP
 .B \-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose
 出力を冗長にします: 変更されたすべてのオブジェクトファイルをリストします。
 アーカイブの場合は "\fBobjcopy \-V\fR" でアーカイブのメンバがすべて
 リストされます。
 .TP
 .B \-V\fR, \fB\-\-version
 .B objcopy
 のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 .B objcopy
 のオプションのサマリを表示して終了します。
 .SH "関連項目"
 .B
 info\c
 \& の
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 \&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993)
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
 
 .SH 日本語訳
 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 野首 寛高 <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp> 1998/10/05  FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1
index b5e9344a5d..272bb6f382 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1
@@ -1,406 +1,771 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.1,v 1.3.6.2 2000/07/07 05:33:31 obrien Exp %
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1,v 1.6 2001/05/14 01:07:26 horikawa Exp $
-.TH objdump 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/objdump.1,v 1.3.6.3 2001/08/01 23:02:44 obrien Exp %
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/objdump.1,v 1.7 2001/07/29 05:14:51 horikawa Exp $
+.TH objdump 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 objdump \- オブジェクトファイルから情報を表示する
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B objdump
 .RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-archive\-headers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c
 .I bfdname\c
 .RB " | " "\-\-target="\c
 .I bfdname\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-d | \-\-disassemble "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-disassemble-all "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-disassemble\-zeroes "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-EB | \-EL | \-\-endian=\c
 .I {big|little}\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-file\-headers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-h | \-\-section\-headers
 .RB "| " \-\-headers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-i | \-\-info "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-j\ "\c
 .I section\c
 .RB " | " "\-\-section="\c
 .I section\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-m\ "\c
 .I machine\c
 .RB " | " "\-\-architecture="\c
 .I machine\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-private\-headers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-prefix\-addresses "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reloc "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-R | \-\-dynamic\-reloc "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-full\-contents "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-S | \-\-source "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-stabs "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-t | \-\-syms "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-T | \-\-dynamic\-syms "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-x | \-\-all\-headers "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-start\-address="\c
 .I address\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-stop\-address="\c
 .I address\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-adjust\-vma="\c
 .I offset\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
 .I objfile\c
 \&.\|.\|.
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 \c
 .B objdump\c
 \& は一つ以上のオブジェクトファイルについて情報を表示します。
 オプションで特にどの情報を表示するのかを制御します。この
 情報は、単にプログラムをコンパイルして動かす事を目的とする
 プログラマの対極にある、コンパイルツールの仕事をしているプログラマに
 とって主に有用です。
 .PP
 .IR  "objfile" .\|.\|.
 で調べるオブジェクトファイルを指定します。
 アーカイブを指定した場合は、
 \c
 .B objdump\c
 \& はメンバのオブジェクトファイルそれぞれの情報を表示します。
 
 .SH オプション
 ここではオプションの長い形式と短い形式を一緒に記してあり、
 それらは等価です。少なくとも
 .B \-l
 (\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fP) 以外のオプションを一つは与える必要があります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-a
 .TP
 .B \-\-archive\-headers
 .I objfile\c
 \& で指定された中にアーカイブがあれば、アーカイブの
 ヘッダ情報を (`\|\c
 .B ls \-l\c
 \|' に似た形式で) 表示します。`\|\c
 .B ar tv\c
 \|' でリストされる情報に加えて、
 アーカイブの各メンバのオブジェクトファイル形式を、`\|\c
 .B objdump \-a\c
 \|' は表示します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-adjust\-vma=" "offset"
 情報をダンプする際に、まず
 .I offset
 をすべてのセクションのアドレスに加算します。
 これはセクションのアドレスがシンボルテーブルと対応しない場合に
 有効です。そのような状況は、セクションのアドレスを表現できない
 a.out のような形式を使って、セクションを特定のアドレスに
 置く場合に起こりえます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
 オブジェクトファイルのオブジェクトコード形式を
 \c
 .I bfdname\c
 \& で指定します。これはおそらく不要です。なぜなら \c
 .I objdump\c
 \& は
 多くの形式を自動で認識できるからです。例えば
 .sp
 .br
 objdump\ \-b\ oasys\ \-m\ vax\ \-h\ fu.o
 .br
 .sp
 では、Oasys のコンパイラで生成された形式の、VAX のオブジェクトファイルで
 あることが明示的に指定された (`\|\c
 .B \-m\c
 \|')、ファイル
 `\|\c
 .B fu.o\c
 \|' のセクションヘッダ (`\|\c
 .B \-h\c
 \|') からのサマリ情報を表示します。
 指定可能な形式名は `\|\c
 .B \-i\c
 \|' オプションでリストできます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-C
 .TP
 .B \-\-demangle
 シンボル名の内部表現をユーザレベルの表現にデコード (\fIdemangle\fP) します。
 加えてシステムが付加した先頭のアンダースコアも取り除くので、
 これによって C++ の関数名がわかりやすくなります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-debugging
 デバッグ情報を表示します。ファイルに格納されているデバッグ情報を
 解析して C 言語風の表記で出力する事を試みます。
 いくつかの種類のデバッグ情報に関してのみ実装されています。
 
 .TP
 .B \-d
 .TP
 .B \-\-disassemble
 .I objfile\c
 \& から、機械語に対応するアセンブラニーモニックを表示します。
 このオプションでは機械語を含むはずのセクションだけを
 逆アセンブルします。
 
 .TP
 .B \-D
 .TP
 .B \-\-disassemble-all
 \fB\-d\fP と同様ですが、すべてのセクションの内容を
 逆アセンブルします。機械語を含むはずのセクションには
 限りません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-prefix\-addresses
 逆アセンブル時に、各行に完全な形のアドレスを表示します。
 これは古い逆アセンブル出力形式です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-disassemble\-zeroes
 通常は逆アセンブル出力で 0 が連続する部分は飛ばされます。
 このオプションは逆アセンブラに、そういった部分も他のデータと
 同様に逆アセンブルするように指示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-EB
 .TP
 .B \-EL
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-endian=" "{big|little}"
 オブジェクトファイルのエンディアンを指定します。これは
 逆アセンブルにのみ影響します。エンディアン情報を持たない、
 S レコードのようなファイル形式を逆アセンブルする際に有用です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-f
 .TP
 .B \-\-file\-headers
 .I objfile\c
 \& の各ファイルのヘッダ全体からのサマリ情報を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-h
 .TP
 .B \-\-section\-headers
 .TP
 .B \-\-headers
 オブジェクトファイルのセクションヘッダからサマリ情報を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 .B objdump
 のオプションのサマリを表示して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-i
 .TP
 .B \-\-info
 .B \-b\c
 \& または \c
 .B \-m\c
 \& で指定できるアーキテクチャとオブジェクト形式の名称をリストします。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-j " "name"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-section=" "name"
 .I name\c
 \& で指定したセクションの情報のみを表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-l
 .TP
 .B \-\-line\-numbers
 表示に (デバッグ情報を使って) オブジェクトコードと対応する
 ファイル名とソースの行番号を含めます。
 \fB\-d\fP, \fB\-D\fP, \fB\-r\fP を指定した時にのみ有用です。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-m " "machine"\c
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-architecture=" "machine"
 オブジェクトファイルを逆アセンブルする際のアーキテクチャを指定します。
 S レコードのような、アーキテクチャ情報を持たないオブジェクトファイルを
 逆アセンブルする場合に有効です。
 \fB\-i\fP オプションで、指定できるアーキテクチャ名をリストできます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-p
 .TP
 .B \-\-private\-headers
 オブジェクトファイルフォーマットに固有な情報を表示します。
 実際の情報は、オブジェクトファイルフォーマットに依存します。
 オブジェクトファイルフォーマットによっては、追加情報が表示されません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-r
 .TP
 .B \-\-reloc
 ファイルの再配置情報を表示します。\fB\-d\fP または
 \fB\-D\fP と一緒に指定された場合は、再配置情報は逆アセンブル出力に
 散りばめられて表示されます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-R
 .TP
 .B \-\-dynamic\-reloc
 ファイルの実行時再配置情報を表示します。このオプションは、
 ある種の共有ライブラリなどのダイナミックオブジェクトに
 ついてのみ意味があります。
 
 .TP
 .B \-s
 .TP
 .B \-\-full\-contents
 指定されたセクションのすべての内容を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-S
 .TP
 .B \-\-source
 可能であればソースコードを逆アセンブルに混ぜて表示します。
 \fB-d\fP を暗黙的に指定します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-show\-raw\-insn
 命令を逆アセンブルする際に、ニーモニックに加えて機械語も 16 進数で
 表示します。この動作は
 .B \-\-prefix\-addresses
 が指定されていない場合のデフォルトです。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn
 命令を逆アセンブルする際に、機械語を表示しません。
 この動作は
 .B \-\-prefix\-addresses
 を指定した場合のデフォルトです。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-stabs
 ELF ファイルの .stabl, .stab.index, .stab.excl セクションの内容を
 表示します。 これは .stab デバッグシンボルテーブルのエントリが
 ELF セクションに格納されている (Solaris 2.0 のような) システムでのみ
 有用です。他の大部分のファイル形式では、デバッグシンボルテーブルの
 エントリはリンケージシンボルに差し込まれていて、
 \fB\-\-syms\fP
 での出力で見ることができます。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-start\-address=" "address"
 指定されたアドレスからデータの表示を開始します。これは
 .B \-d\c
 ,
 .B \-r\c
 ,
 .B \-s
 オプションの出力に影響します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-stop\-address=" "address"
 指定されたアドレスでデータの表示を終了します。これは
 .B \-d\c
 ,
 .B \-r\c
 ,
 .B \-s
 オプションの出力に影響します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-t
 .TP
 .B \-\-syms
 シンボルテーブル。ファイルのシンボルテーブルのエントリを
 表示します。これは `\|\c
 .B nm\c
 \|' プログラムで得られる情報と似ています。
 
 .TP
 .B \-T
 .TP
 .B \-\-dynamic\-syms
 ダイナミックシンボルテーブル。ファイルのダイナミックシンボルテーブルの
 エントリを表示します。これはある種の共有ライブラリのような
 ダイナミックオブジェクトでのみ意味があります。
 これは `\|\c
 .B nm\c
 \|' プログラムに
 .B \-D (\-\-dynamic)
 オプションを指定した時に得られる情報と似ています。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-version
 .B objdump
 のバージョン番号を表示して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-x
 .TP
 .B \-\-all\-headers
 得られるすべてのヘッダ情報を表示します。
 シンボルテーブルと再配置情報も含まれます。`\|\c
 .B \-x\c
 \|' の指定は、
 `\|\c
 .B \-a \-f \-h \-r \-t\c
 \|' のすべてを指定するのと等価です。
 
 .SH "関連項目"
 .B
 info\c
 \& の
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 \&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
 .BR nm "(" 1 ")"
 
 .SH COPYING
 Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
 
 .SH 日本語訳
 野首 寛高(hnokubi@yyy.or.jp): FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 野首 寛高 <hnokubi@yyy.or.jp> 1998/09/23  FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ranlib.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ranlib.1
index b36aecd31a..99b567f018 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ranlib.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ranlib.1
@@ -1,83 +1,445 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ranlib.1,v 1.4 2001/05/14 01:07:27 horikawa Exp $
-.TH ranlib 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/ranlib.1,v 1.5 2001/07/29 05:14:52 horikawa Exp $
+.TH ranlib 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 ranlib \- アーカイブに対するインデックスの生成
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .B ranlib \c
 .RB "[\|" \-v | \-V "\|]"
 .I archive\c
 \&
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 .B ranlib
 はアーカイブの中身のインデックスを生成し、アーカイブ中に格納します。
 インデックスは、再配置可能なオブジェクトファイルであるアーカイブの
 メンバによって定義されている、シンボルのリストです。
 .PP
 .RB ` "nm \-s" '
 または
 .RB ` "nm \-\-print-armap" '
 とすると、このインデックスのリストを見ることができます。
 .PP
 このようなインデックスを持ったアーカイブは、ライブラリへのリンクを
 高速化します。また、ライブラリ中のルーチンがアーカイブ中のどこにあるの
 かに関わらず、互いに呼び出すことができるようになります。
 .PP
 GNU
 .B ranlib
 プログラムは GNU
 .BR ar
 の別の表現です。
 .B ranlib
 を実行することは
 .RB ` "ar \-s" '
 を実行することと完全に等価です。
 
 .SH オプション
 .TP
 .B \-v
 .B ranlib
 のバージョンを表示して終了します。
 
 .SH 関連項目
 .B
 info\c
 \&;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 \&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991) 中のエントリ
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"\c
 \&;
 .BR ar "(" 1 "),"
 .BR nm "(" 1 ")."
 
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 河原大輔 <kawahara@pine.kuee.kyoto-u.ac.jp> 1998/11/07 FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1
index 7b85942807..b149cd2c19 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1
@@ -1,156 +1,519 @@
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1,v 1.3 2001/05/14 01:07:28 horikawa Exp $
-.TH size 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/size.1,v 1.4 2001/07/29 05:14:52 horikawa Exp $
+.TH size 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 size \- セクションサイズと全体のサイズを表示する
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B size
 .RB "[\|" \-A \||\| \-B \||\| \c
 .BI "\-\-format=" compatibility\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-d \||\| \-o \||\| \-x\c
 \||\|\c
 .BI "\-\-radix=" number\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \c
 .BI "\-\-target=" bfdname\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-V \||\| \-\-version "\|]"
 .I objfile\c
 \&.\|.\|.
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 GNU の\c
 .B size\c
 \& ユーティリティは、引数リスト中の各オブジェクトファイル
 .I objfile
 に対し、そのセクションサイズ \(em\& 及び全体サイズ \(em\& を表示します。
 デフォルトでは、各オブジェクトファイルないしアーカイブ中の
 各モジュール毎に 1 行ずつ出力します。
 .SH オプション
 .TP
 .B \-A
 .TP
 .B \-B
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-format " "compatibility"
 これらのオプションの 1 つを用いて、GNU
 \c
 .B size\c
 \& の出力形式を、System V の\c
 .B size\c
 \& 形式風にする (`\|\c
 .B \-A\c
 \|'
 又は `\|\c
 .B \-\-format=sysv\c
 \|' を用いる) か、Berkeley の\c
 .B size\c
 \& 形式風にする (`\|\c
 .B \-B\c
 \|'
 又は `\|\c
 .B \-\-format=berkeley\c
 \|' を用いる) かを選択します。
 デフォルトは Berkeley 形式に似た 1 行フォーマットです。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 利用可能な引数及びオプションの要約を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-d
 .TP
 .B \-o
 .TP
 .B \-x
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-radix " "number"
 これらのオプションの 1 つを用いて、各セクションのサイズを
 10 進数 (`\|\c
 .B \-d\c
 \|', 又は `\|\c
 .B \-\-radix 10\c
 \|'); 8 進数
 (`\|\c
 .B \-o\c
 \|', 又は `\|\c
 .B \-\-radix 8\c
 \|'); 16 進数 (`\|\c
 .B \-x\c
 \|', 又は
 `\|\c
 .B \-\-radix 16\c
 \|') で表示するようにします。
 `\|\c
 .B \-\-radix \c
 .I number\c
 \&\c
 \|' 形式では、3 種類の値 (8, 10, 16) のみサポートされています。
 全体サイズは常に 2 種類の基数で表示されます。
 `\|\c
 .B \-d\c
 \|' 又は `\|\c
 .B \-x\c
 \|' を指定した場合は 10 進数と 16 進数、`\|\c
 .B \-o\c
 \|' の場合は 8 進数と 16 進数です。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-target " "bfdname"
 .I objfile\c
 \& に対し、特定のオブジェクトコードフォーマット\c
 .I bfdname\c
 \& を指定します。この指定は必要ないかもしれません。\c
 .I size\c
 \& コマンドは多くのフォーマットを自動的に認識します。
 指定できるフォーマット一覧に関しては
 .BR objdump ( 1 )
 を参照して下さい。
 
 .TP
 .B \-V
 .TP
 .B \-\-version
 .B size\c
 \& コマンド自身のバージョン番号情報を表示します。
 
 .SH 関連項目
 .BR info の
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 エントリ。
 .IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" ,
  Roland H. Pesch (1991 10月);
 .BR ar "(" 1 "),"
 .BR objdump ( 1 ).
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 酒井 淳嗣 <jsakai@mxr.mesh.ne.jp> 1998/11/08 FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1
index 84fde3eeb9..68fd0b7d7e 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1
@@ -1,147 +1,512 @@
 .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1,v 1.4 2001/05/14 01:07:29 horikawa Exp $
-.TH strings 1 "09 March 2000" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strings.1,v 1.5 2001/07/29 05:14:52 horikawa Exp $
+.TH strings 1 "09 March 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 strings \- ファイル内の表示可能な文字列を表示する
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B strings
 .RB "[\|" \-a | \-\c
 .RB | \-\-all "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-o "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-v | \-\-version "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-n
 .I min\-len\c
 .RI | \-min\-len\c
 .B "\-\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP"
 .I min\-len\c
 \&\|]
 .RB "[\|" \-t
 .I {o,x,d}\c
 .RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]"
 .RB | "\-\-radix="\c
 .I {o,x,d}\c
 \&\|]
 .I file\c
 .ad b
 .hy 1
 .SH 解説
 GNU \c
 .B strings
 は、
 .I file
 で与えられたファイルに対して 4 文字 (または下記のオプションで指定された
 文字数) 以上続く表示可能な文字で、その直後に表示不可能な文字が続いて
 いるものを表示します。デフォルトでは、オブジェクトファイルに対しては
 初期化されたセクションとロードされるセクション内の文字列のみを表示します。
 それ以外の種類のファイルに対してはファイル全体の文字列を表示します。
 
 .PP
 .B strings
 は主に非テキストファイルの内容を判別するのに有効です。
 
 .SH オプション
 
 以下で併記する長い形式のオプションと短い形式のオプションは等価です。
 
 .TP
 .B \-a
 .TP
 .B \-\-all
 .TP
 .B \-
 オブジェクトファイルの走査範囲を初期化されたセクションとロードされる
 セクションだけに限定せず、ファイル全体を調べます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-f
 .TP
 .B \-\-print\-file\-name
 各文字列の前にファイル名を表示します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 .B strings
 のオプションの概要を標準出力に出力して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-v
 .TP
 .B \-\-version
 .B strings
 のバージョン番号を標準出力に出力して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B "\-n \fImin\-len\fP"
 .TP
 .B "\-\fImin\-len\fP"
 .TP
 .B "\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP"
 .I min-len
 文字以上の文字列を出力します。デフォルトは 4 文字です。
 
 .TP
 .BR "\-t " {o,x,d}
 .TP
 .BR "\-\-radix=" {o,x,d}
 各文字列の前に、ファイル内のオフセット (位置) を出力します。一文字からなる引数
 によりオフセットの表示形式 (8 進、 16 進、 10 進) を指定します。
 
 .TP
 .BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname"
 システムのデフォルトではないオブジェクトコード形式を指定します。
 指定可能な形式の一覧については
 .BR objdump ( 1 )
 を参照して下さい。
 
 .TP
 .B \-o
 .BR "\-t o"
 と同じです。
 
 .PP
 
 .SH 関連項目
 .B
 info\c
 の
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 の項;
 .I
 The GNU Binary Utilities\c
 \&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991);
 .BR ar ( 1 ),
 .BR nm ( 1 ),
 .BR objdump ( 1 ),
 .BR ranlib ( 1 ).
 
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 奥村 努 <oku@nml.t.u-tokyo.ac.jp> 1998/12/11 FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正
diff --git a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1 b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1
index 374414b886..576d43b330 100644
--- a/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1
+++ b/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1
@@ -1,188 +1,553 @@
-.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1,v 1.7 2001/06/06 06:38:36 horikawa Exp $
-.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998 Free Software Foundation
+.\" Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation
 .\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution
-.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/strip.1,v 1.2.6.3 2000/11/25 10:33:53 obrien Exp %
-.TH strip 1 "5 November 1991" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\"
+.\" Copyright (c) 2001 FreeBSD jpman project
+.\" This is for Japanese translation done by FreeBSD jpman project.
++.\" %FreeBSD: src/contrib/binutils/binutils/strip.1,v 1.2.6.4 2001/08/01 23:02:46 obrien Exp %
+.\" $FreeBSD: doc/ja_JP.eucJP/man/man1/strip.1,v 1.8 2001/07/29 05:14:52 horikawa Exp $
+.TH strings 1 "09 March 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools"
 .de BP
 .sp
 .ti \-.2i
 \(**
 ..
 
 .SH 名称
 strip \- オブジェクトファイルからシンボルの削除
 
 .SH 書式
 .hy 0
 .na
 .TP
 .B strip
 .RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fP "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-s\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-o\ \fIfile\fR "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-v\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-verbose "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-version "\|]"
 .RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-help "\|]"
 .I objfile\c
 \&.\|.\|.
 
 .SH 解説
 GNU
 .B strip
 はオブジェクトファイル
 .IR objfile
 からシンボルをすべて削除します。
 オブジェクトファイルのリストにアーカイブが含まれていても構いません。
 少なくともひとつのオブジェクトファイルが必要です。
 
 .P
 .B strip
 は変更されたコピーを別名で作成せず、
 引き数で指定したファイルそのものを変更します。
 
 .SH オプション
 .TP
 .B "\-F \fIbfdname"
 .TP
 .B "\-\-target=\fIbfdname"
 オリジナルの \fTobjfile\fP を
 \fIbfdname\fP オブジェクトコード形式のファイルとして扱い、
 それと同じ形式で上書きします。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-help
 .B strip
 のオプションの一覧を表示して終了します。
 
 .TP
 .B "\-I \fIbfdname
 .TP
 .B "\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname"
 オリジナルの \fTobjfile\fP を
 \fIbfdname\fP オブジェクトコード形式のファイルとして扱います。
 
 .TP
 .B "\-O \fIbfdname\fP"
 .TP
 .B "\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname"
 \fIobjfile\fP を \fIbfdname\fP 出力形式のファイルに置き換えます。
 
 .TP
 .B "\-R \fIsectionname\fP"
 .TP
 .B "\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname"
 ファイルから指定されたセクションを削除します。
 このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができます。
 このオプションを不適切に使用すると、オブジェクトファイルが
 使用できなくなるかもしれないことに注意してください。
 
 .TP
 .B \-s
 .TP
 .B \-\-strip\-all
 すべてのシンボルを削除します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-S
 .TP
 .B \-g
 .TP
 .B \-\-strip\-debug
 デバッギングシンボルだけを削除します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-\-strip\-unneeded
 再配置処理に不必要なシンボルをすべて削除します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR
 .TP
 .B \-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 元ファイルから シンボル \fIsymbolname\fP を削除します。このオプション
 は 1 回以上使うことができ、また他の strip のオプションと併用することが
 できます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-o \fIfile\fR
 存在するファイルを置き換える代わりに、
 strip された出力を \fIfile\fR に出します。
 この引き数を使用する時には、\fIobjfile\fR 引き数は 1 つしか指定できません。
 
 .TP
 .B \-p
 .TP
 .B \-\-preserve-dates
 ファイルのアクセス時刻と更新時刻を保存します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-x
 .TP
 .B \-\-discard\-all
 グローバルでないシンボルを削除します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-X
 .TP
 .B \-\-discard\-locals
 コンパイラによって生成されたローカルシンボル (これは通常 ``L'' か ``.''
 で始まります。) を削除します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 元ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP だけをコピーします。
 このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname
 元ファイルからシンボル \fIsymbolname\fP をコピーしません。
 このオプションは 1 回以上使うことができ、また \fB\-K\fR 以外の strip の
 オプションと併用することができます。
 
 .TP
 .B \-v
 .TP
 .B \-\-verbose
 冗長な出力: 変更されたすべてのオブジェクトファイルを列挙します。
 アーカイブの場合、
 .B "strip \-v"
 はアーカイブのすべてのメンバを列挙します。
 
 .TP
 .B \-V
 .TP
 .B \-\-version
 \fBstrip\fP のバージョンを表示して終了します。
 
 .SH 関連項目
 .BR info ;
 .IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" ,
 Roland H. Pesch (October 1991). 中のエントリ
 .RB "`\|" binutils "\|'"
 
 .SH COPYING
-Copyright (c) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 .PP
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the
-entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
-permission notice identical to this one.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this
-manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified
-versions, except that this permission notice may be included in
-translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in
-the original English.
+This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
+Documentation License, version 1.1.  That license is described in the
+sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to
+make this manual more consise.  Copies of this license can also be
+obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+
+\"  .SH GNU Free Documentation License
+\"    Version 1.1, March 2000
+
+\"    Copyright (C) 2000  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+\"    59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+     
+\"    Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim
+\"    copies of this license document, but changing it is
+\"    not allowed.
+\"  .PP
+\"  0. PREAMBLE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
+\"  written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone
+\"  the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without
+\"  modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.  Secondarily,
+\"  this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get
+\"  credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for
+\"  modifications made by others.
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
+\"  works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.  It
+\"  complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
+\"  license designed for free software.
+\"  .PP
+\"  We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
+\"  software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
+\"  program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
+\"  software does.  But this License is not limited to software manuals;
+\"  it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
+\"  whether it is published as a printed book.  We recommend this License
+\"  principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
+\"  .PP
+\"  1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a
+\"  notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed
+\"  under the terms of this License.  The "Document", below, refers to any
+\"  such manual or work.  Any member of the public is a licensee, and is
+\"  addressed as "you".
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
+\"  Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
+\"  modifications and/or translated into another language.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of
+\"  the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
+\"  publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject
+\"  (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly
+\"  within that overall subject.  (For example, if the Document is in part a
+\"  textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any
+\"  mathematics.)  The relationship could be a matter of historical
+\"  connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
+\"  commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
+\"  them.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
+\"  are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
+\"  that says that the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed,
+\"  as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
+\"  the Document is released under this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
+\"  represented in a format whose specification is available to the
+\"  general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and
+\"  straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
+\"  pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
+\"  drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
+\"  for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
+\"  to text formatters.  A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
+\"  format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage
+\"  subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.  A copy that is
+\"  not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
+\"  .PP
+\"  Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
+\"  ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML
+\"  or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple
+\"  HTML designed for human modification.  Opaque formats include
+\"  PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only
+\"  by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or
+\"  processing tools are not generally available, and the
+\"  machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output
+\"  purposes only.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
+\"  plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
+\"  this License requires to appear in the title page.  For works in
+\"  formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means
+\"  the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
+\"  preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
+\"  .PP
+\"  2. VERBATIM COPYING
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
+\"  commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
+\"  copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
+\"  to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
+\"  conditions whatsoever to those of this License.  You may not use
+\"  technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
+\"  copying of the copies you make or distribute.  However, you may accept
+\"  compensation in exchange for copies.  If you distribute a large enough
+\"  number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
+\"  you may publicly display copies.
+\"  .PP
+\"  3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100,
+\"  and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose
+\"  the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
+\"  Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
+\"  the back cover.  Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
+\"  you as the publisher of these copies.  The front cover must present
+\"  the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
+\"  visible.  You may add other material on the covers in addition.
+\"  Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
+\"  the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
+\"  as verbatim copying in other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
+\"  legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
+\"  reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
+\"  pages.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
+\"  more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
+\"  copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
+\"  a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete
+\"  Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the
+\"  general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no
+\"  charge using public-standard network protocols.  If you use the latter
+\"  option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin
+\"  distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this
+\"  Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location
+\"  until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque
+\"  copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to
+\"  the public.
+\"  .PP
+\"  It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
+\"  Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
+\"  them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  4. MODIFICATIONS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
+\"  the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
+\"  the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
+\"  Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
+\"  and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
+\"  of it.  In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
+\"  .PP
+\"  A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
+\"  from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
+\"  (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
+\"  of the Document).  You may use the same title as a previous version
+\"  if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
+\"  responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
+\"  Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
+\"  Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five).
+\"  .PP
+\"  C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
+\"  Modified Version, as the publisher.
+\"  .PP
+\"  D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
+\"  adjacent to the other copyright notices.
+\"  .PP
+\"  F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
+\"  giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
+\"  terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
+\"  Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
+\"  and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
+\"  .PP
+\"  I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to
+\"  it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
+\"  publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page.  If
+\"  there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one
+\"  stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
+\"  given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
+\"  Version as stated in the previous sentence.
+\"  .PP
+\"  J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
+\"  public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
+\"  the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
+\"  it was based on.  These may be placed in the "History" section.
+\"  You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
+\"  least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
+\"  publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
+\"  .PP
+\"  K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
+\"  preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the
+\"  substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements
+\"  and/or dedications given therein.
+\"  .PP
+\"  L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
+\"  unaltered in their text and in their titles.  Section numbers
+\"  or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements".  Such a section
+\"  may not be included in the Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+\"  N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements"
+\"  or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
+\"  appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
+\"  copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
+\"  of these sections as invariant.  To do this, add their titles to the
+\"  list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
+\"  These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
+\"  nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
+\"  parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
+\"  been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
+\"  standard.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
+\"  passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
+\"  of Cover Texts in the Modified Version.  Only one passage of
+\"  Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
+\"  through arrangements made by) any one entity.  If the Document already
+\"  includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
+\"  by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
+\"  you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
+\"  permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
+\"  give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
+\"  imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
+\"  License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
+\"  versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
+\"  Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
+\"  list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
+\"  license notice.
+\"  .PP
+\"  The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
+\"  multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
+\"  copy.  If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
+\"  different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
+\"  adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
+\"  author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
+\"  Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
+\"  Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
+\"  .PP
+\"  In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History"
+\"  in the various original documents, forming one section entitled
+\"  "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements",
+\"  and any sections entitled "Dedications".  You must delete all sections
+\"  entitled "Endorsements."
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
+\"  released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
+\"  License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
+\"  the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
+\"  verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
+\"  it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
+\"  License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
+\"  other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
+\"  .PP
+\"  A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
+\"  and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
+\"  distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version
+\"  of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the
+\"  compilation.  Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this
+\"  License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled
+\"  with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they
+\"  are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
+\"  copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter
+\"  of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
+\"  covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate.
+\"  Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  8. TRANSLATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
+\"  distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
+\"  Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
+\"  permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
+\"  translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
+\"  original versions of these Invariant Sections.  You may include a
+\"  translation of this License provided that you also include the
+\"  original English version of this License.  In case of a disagreement
+\"  between the translation and the original English version of this
+\"  License, the original English version will prevail.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  9. TERMINATION
+\"  .PP
+\"  You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
+\"  as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
+\"  copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
+\"  automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
+\"  parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
+\"  License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
+\"  parties remain in full compliance.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
+\"  .PP
+\"  The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
+\"  of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time.  Such new
+\"  versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
+\"  differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.  See
+\"  http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
+\"  .PP
+\"  Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
+\"  If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
+\"  License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of
+\"  following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
+\"  of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
+\"  Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
+\"  number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
+\"  as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+\"  .PP
+
+\"  ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+\"  .PP
+\"  To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
+\"  the License in the document and put the following copyright and
+\"  license notices just after the title page:
+\"  .PP
+\"      Copyright (c)  YEAR  YOUR NAME.
+\"      Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or
+\"      modify this document under the terms of the GNU
+\"      Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later
+\"      version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+\"      with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES,
+\"      with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the
+\"      Back-Cover Texts being LIST.  A copy of the license
+\"      is included in the section entitled "GNU Free
+\"      Documentation License".
+\"  .PP
+\"  If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections"
+\"  instead of saying which ones are invariant.  If you have no
+\"  Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of
+\"  "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts.
+\"  .PP
+\"  If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
+\"  recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
+\"  free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
+\"  to permit their use in free software.
+
+.\" .SH 履歴
+.\" 河原大輔 <kawahara@pine.kuee.kyoto-u.ac.jp> 1998/11/07 FreeBSD 用に翻訳
+.\" 堀川和雄 <horikawa@jp.FreeBSD.org> 2001/08/04 binutil 2.11.2 用に修正